Quarterlytics / Industrials / Aerospace & Defense / Redwire

Redwire

rdw · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker rdw
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Aerospace & Defense
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Redwire
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
R
e
d
r
o
w
p
c

l

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
1
8

Redrow plc
Redrow House, St. David’s Park, Flintshire CH5 3RX
Telephone: 01244 520044  
www.redrow.co.uk

2018
ANNUAL REPORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REDROW ANNUAL REPORT 2018 
Highlights

£1,920m

£1,660m

£380m

85.3p

£315m

70.2p

£1,382m

£1,150m

£864m

£250m

£204m

55.4p

44.5p

£133m

28.3p

14

15

16

17

18

14

15

16

17
18

18

14

15

16

17
18
18

18

£1,920m

Revenue

+16%

£380m

Profit before tax

+21%

85.3p

Earnings per share

+22%

28p

17p

5,913

5,416

28.5%

26.0%

4,716

4,022

3,597

22.8%

23.7%

18.0%

10p

6p

3p

14

15

16

17

18

14

15

16

17
18

18

14

15

16

17
18
18

18

28p

5,913

Dividend per share

Legal completions (inc. JV)

+65%

+9%

28.5%

ROCE

+10%

Award highlights

Contents

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE REPORT

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

01   Highlights
02   Our Investment Case
04   Our Strategy
06   Our Business Model
08 
14 
16   Chairman’s Statement
Chief Executive’s 
18 
Review

Thriving Communities
Our Markets

22   Operating Review
48  
52   Risk Management

Financial Review

60   Corporate Governance 

104  

Report

Independent Auditors’ 
Report

62   Board of Directors
70   Audit Committee Report
76   Nomination Committee 

78 

Report
Placemaking and 
Sustainability 
Committee Report
80   Directors’ Remuneration 

Report

96   Directors’ Report
102   Statement of Directors’  
Responsibilities

110  Consolidated Income 

Statement

110   Statement of 

Comprehensive Income

111   Balance Sheets
112  Statement of Changes  

in Equity

113   Statement of Cash Flows
114   Accounting Policies
119   Notes to the Financial 

Statements

143  Glossary

SHAREHOLDER 
INFORMATION

144   Corporate and 

Shareholder  
Information
145   Five Year Summary

Find more information at: 
redrowplc.co.uk

COVER IMAGE: BURCOTE PARK, TOWCESTER

01

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
02 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Our Investment Case

Successful leadership team
Redrow has a strong, experienced and successful 
leadership team and is committed to developing the 
next generation of homebuilders.

Placemaking
We focus on delivering high quality homes and 
creating community and physical environments that 
help promote people’s sense of wellbeing.

15% 

£184m

of workforce on structured  
training programmes 

committed to fund improvements  
to local communities

32%

1,102

of divisional directors appointed in  
the year from internal promotions

affordable homes delivered to our 
communities

Quality and customer service
By listening to and understanding our customers’ 
requirements, we continue to evolve our product 
and customer service. We focus on quality, 
differentiation and value for money for customers.

89.1% 

customer  
recommendation 

5th consecutive year

Top 100 Apprenticeship Employer

Excellent product range
Redrow has an excellent product range which 
continues to evolve.

Expertise in land buying
Redrow has the expertise and resources to ensure 
that the right land opportunities are taken to deliver 
targeted geographic expansion.

A strong and efficient balance sheet
Redrow has net assets of over £1.4bn. The Group is 
focused on delivering superior levels of return on 
equity and return on capital employed from an efficient 
use of its capital base.

£1.7bn 

revenue value of private  
reservations secured in the year

Creating 
communities 

a key focus

c7,500 plots

acquired to add to current land holdings

2,727 plots added

28.0%

return on equity

28.5%

from forward land to owned land holdings

return on capital employed

Our benchmark for 
success in 2020

£1.9bn

£1.7bn

£1.4bn

c£2.2bn

e
c
n
a
d
u
G

i

16

17

18

20

TURNOVER

£315m

£250m

c£430m

£380m

e
c
n
a
d
u
G

i

16

17

18

20

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

70.2p

55.4p

95.0p

85.3p

e
c
n
a
d
u
G

i

16

17

18

20

EPS

28.5%

26.0%

23.7%

25+%

e
c
n
a
d
u
G

i

16

17

18

20

ROCE

03

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
04 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Our Strategy

MEASURE

2020  
OBJECTIVES

To create long-term sustainable value for all our stakeholders by 
developing thriving communities with high quality homes that 
provide a better way to live.

    Developing  

Thriving Communities
We develop thriving communities by creating better 
places to live. There are three strands which support 
this work:

•  Nature for People – increasing biodiversity on our 
developments and connecting communities with 
nature on their doorstep;

EPS

DPS

Revenue

KEY PERFORMANCE  
INDICATORS

2018

2017

•  EPS increasing  

to 95p

85.3p

70.2p

•  DPS of 32p

28p

17p

•  Revenue increasing 

to c£2.2bn

£1,920m £1,660m

•  Placemaking for Wellbeing – our innovative 

Placemaking framework sets out eight design 
principles, which define how we achieve 
sustainable development on all our sites; and

•  Homes for All – building the right homes, in the 
right places to create cohesive and thriving 
communities.

Sales Outlets

•  150 outlets

132

132

Monies  
committed 
to fund 
improvements  
to local 
communities

•  Continued  

investment in local 
communities

£184m

£163m

•  Affordable  

homes delivered

1,102

1,014

   Building Responsibly
Ensuring our sites are safe places to work, live and 
visit is central to our build operations. As we 
continue to help deliver much-needed new homes, 
we are also striving to constantly improve our 
quality and customer service, whilst working to 
protect the environment. The themes which 
support this activity are:

•  Working Safely and Considerately – creating 

healthy, safe and considerate working 
environments;

•  Putting Customers First – putting our 

customers first and striving for excellence in all 
that we do; and

•  Managing Resources – creating homes of 

enduring quality and working to minimise our 
environmental impacts.

   Valuing People

ROCE

•  ROCE of 25+%

28.5%

26.0%

Land holding  
years

•  Maintain land  

holdings at c4 years

4.5 years 4.5 years

Waste diverted  
from landfill

90% or more 
customer 
recommend  
rating

Private  
reservation rate 
(excluding PRS)

•  >95%

96.8%

95.4%

•  HBF 90% customer 
recommend rating

89.1%

88.9%

•  Maintain an 

appropriate balance 
in availability of 
product in the right 
locations

0.67

0.68

Our aim is to inspire future industry talent and to 
support our colleagues at every stage of their 
career. The two strands which support this work are: 

Number of  
trainees

•  Maintain level of 

trainees at 15% of an 
increasing workforce

343

328

•  Valuing and Developing People & Partners – by 
training and developing people to succeed; 
driving Redrow colleague and partner advocacy 
and improving the wellbeing of Redrow’s people 
and creating an inclusive workplace; and

•  Inspiring the Next Generation to Build – 

collaborating with partners to positively impact 
people and communities through education and 
engagement activities.

Accident  
incident rate  
by site

•  Accident incident rate 
by site maintained at 
0.3 or below

0.35

0.30

05

I
I

S
S
T
T
R
R
A
A
T
T
E
E
G
G
C
C
R
R
E
E
P
P
O
O
R
R
T
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
06 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Our Business Model

Our strategy is achieved by channelling our resources through 
our strategic principles and ensuring these are embedded in 
our relationships with our primary stakeholders.

          Building
    Responsibly 

    V

aluin
g 

P

e

o

p

l

e

                    Land, Plan

nin

g

s                 

                               Thrivin g                        
                         Co m

m u nitie
    Custo m

er  S

e r v i c e  

Creating long-term
sustainable value

&

D

e

s

i

g

n

s

m
e
t
s
y
S
&

ercial 

m

INPUTS

Land Holdings 

Our People 

Our Placemaking Skills

Our Financial Resources

S
a

l

e
s

&

M

a

r

k

e

t
i

n

g

G

o

v

e
r

n

a

n

c

                         Construc t i o n  
e                              KPIs            

                      Com
a n a g e m ent
                         Risk  
                    M

OUPUTS

Customers

Communities

Suppliers & Subcontractors

Employees

Shareholders

INPUTS

Land Holdings
The quality and location of our land holdings is a vital component to enable us to deliver sustainable and profitable 
growth. Our experienced land teams focus on the investment in and promotion of strategic land together with shorter term 
opportunities receptive to the value we can add through our master planning, placemaking and technical expertise.

Our People
Our employees are at the heart of our business and our continued success and growth is achieved through the talent,  
hard work and dedication of our people.

Our Placemaking Skills
We recognise that the setting of our homes is of equal importance to the quality and design of the individual homes 
themselves. We aim to ensure our developments enhance the natural features of the landscape as well as connecting to and 
sharing amenities with local communities.

Our Financial Resources
Appropriate financial resources are a key enabler to support the delivery of our strategy. We ensure that our strategic  
delivery is regularly and clearly communicated to our investors and our relationship banks.

OUTPUTS

Customers

07

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Our customers are fundamental to our business and we take great care to research their needs, listen to their feedback and 
evolve our carefully designed new homes as lifestyles evolve.

Communities

We adopt a collaborative approach, engaging with community stakeholders to ensure our developments become thriving 
communities, delivering better places to live.

We work closely with our experienced suppliers and subcontractors to maintain a strong and reliable supply chain delivering 
quality products and workmanship.

Suppliers & Subcontractors

Employees

Our employees are fundamental to our business; we invest in attracting and retaining talented people with a key focus on 
training and development to enable our people to build rewarding careers and deliver succession planning for the future.

Our Shareholders are the primary providers of financial resources enabling us to create long-term sustainable value.  
We aim to provide a balance between capital growth and dividend income to our Shareholders.

Shareholders

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
08 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Thriving Communities

Creating places for people to 
enjoy now and for years to come.

WOODFORD GARDEN VILLAGE, CHESHIRE

09

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

Woodford Garden Village is 
set to be one of the biggest 
developments in the North 
West over the next ten years; 
delivering over 900 new 
homes, as well as a host of 
brand new facilities all  
within easy reach of central 
Manchester.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

At Redrow we believe in building better places to live. 
Our passion for design, sustainability, innovation and people 
ensures we bring this vision to life.

Our extensive experience helps us to understand the wants 
and needs of growing communities and we use this unique 
insight to ensure we’re always improving what we do.

Our distinctive high quality homes sit together, with fantastic 
community facilities and within stunning natural settings or 

vibrant city suburbs to form a whole new place for people to 
live and a place to feel proud of.

We are incredibly passionate about what we do and we hope 
our developments will inspire the next generation of 
housebuilders and form new communities that provide people 
with a better way to live.

Based at the historic former aerodrome at Woodford 
where iconic aircraft such as the Lancaster and 
Vulcan bombers were manufactured, phase one of 
this landmark development consists of 145 high 
quality homes in a range of sizes from two to five 
bedrooms. Sensitive to its idyllic rural location, the 
development will feature significant acreage of 
public open spaces; including traditional village 
greens and promenades that will create a superb 
environment for years to come. This major 
development required significant planning and all 
elements were carefully considered to ensure 
Woodford retained its iconic history and provided 

the community with attractive outdoor spaces that 
can be enjoyed all year round.

Using traditional garden village principals we have 
been able to design a thriving community that has 
enhanced the surrounding environment. The homes 
fit seamlessly with the local vernacular, the tree-
lined avenues create a picturesque place to live and 
the classic village green, parks and play areas 
provide room to grow. 

This has not only opened up the space for all to 
enjoy but it has encouraged those living here to 
lead a healthy and active lifestyle.

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
10 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Thriving Communities continued

EBBSFLEET GREEN, KENT

PLASDŴR, CARDIFF

11

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

Ebbsfleet Green is more than a 
place to live; it’s a place for 
living. This 100 acre site in Kent 
has been developed into a 
sustainable community where 
everyone feels connected to 
the environment and each other.

Since its inception, every element of Ebbsfleet 
Green has been carefully considered, from looking 
after the heritage of the site, to building new streets 
that connect residents to the wider area.

The development has provided 920 new homes, 
which all sit within an attractive setting that’s linked 
by footpaths, cycleways and tree-lined avenues. 
There’s something here for everyone, with three 
distinct villages, a selection of starter, affordable 
and family homes and a combination of properties 
from our Heritage, Abode and Regent collections.

The vibrant village hub is at the heart of the 
community, designed to bring people together and 
provide them with everything they need for 
everyday life. A picturesque village green sits at its 
centre, with space for communal gatherings and a 

chance to enjoy a breath of fresh air. One third of 
the development has been left for public open 
space and sports fields, enabling residents to 
stretch their legs and encouraging them to lead a 
healthy and active lifestyle. The allotments and 
orchards have also been designed with 
sustainability and healthy living in mind.

The village also has space for a community centre, a 
primary school, shops, a new hotel and a pub. 
Although all of this is within walking distance, 
transport connections have been carefully planned 
including the bus route that runs through the 
development linking residents to the wider area. 

All of this combines to create a special community 
that enriches the lives of all who live here.

One of our most ambitious 
projects to date, this £2bn 
garden village will deliver 
7,000 homes on over 350 
hectares of land over the next 
15-20 years.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Our vision at Plasdŵr is to create a world-class, 
sustainable community that blends the history of  
the area with the best of modern living, all within a 
stunning country park setting.

A key factor in our master plan has been developing 
sustainable transport links. Rapid growth throughout 
the area has led to a lot of congestion within Cardiff 
and the surrounding area. Our challenge has 
involved helping to solve the city’s housing 
problems whilst trying to avoid adding to the 
transport problems. To achieve this we have worked 
closely with The City of Cardiff Council to ensure 
that Plasdŵr complements the Local Transport Plan.

pounds in new bus lanes in and around Plasdŵr and 
developed safe cycle routes and cycle superhighways. 
This all combines to encourage local residents to 
adopt sustainable transport habits from the day they 
move in.

Residents will also have access to a range of 
excellent facilities on their doorstep including four 
primary schools, a secondary school, a health 
centre, shops, leisure centres, pubs and restaurants. 
This will not only provide people with places to go 
and things to do, it will also result in around 3,000 
new jobs so residents can work, rest and play 
without ever leaving the community.

We have supported extra bus services and new bus 
stops throughout the development to ensure residents 
are within walking distance of affordable and reliable 
public transport. We have also invested millions of 

With our ability to see the problems of the present and 
develop solutions for the future, our vision of an 
innovative new garden village has truly been brought 
to life at Plasdŵr.

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
12 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Thriving Communities continued

COLINDALE GARDENS, NORTH LONDON

AMINGTON GARDEN VILLAGE, TAMWORTH

13

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

By opening up the site, 
transforming it into a new 
neighbourhood and 
connecting it to the 
surrounding streets, Colindale 
Gardens is uniting the area as 
a thriving community.

Colindale Gardens in North London, is a 48 acre site 
formerly owned by the Metropolitan Police. Within a 
decade more than 6,000 people will live at 
Colindale Gardens. In addition to the 2,900 new 
homes, across 24 blocks of apartments and 
townhouses with a residents’ gym and concierge 
service, there will be a new neighbourhood centre 
with commercial and retail space.

The scheme is designed around a network of 
outside spaces including walkways, cycle paths, 
large open green spaces and the central four acre 
park – effectively a modern village green for the 
new community.

Around £143m of community benefits are being 
provided as a result of the development. These 
include a primary school, a health centre, a new 

neighbourhood centre, a nursery, nine acres of 
public open space and community financial 
contributions. £11m will be invested in transport 
around the development including enhancements to 
Colindale tube station and bus routes in the local 
area.

Amington Garden Village 
reflects Redrow’s commitment 
to put the natural environment 
at the heart of its 
developments as part of the 
ethos of creating thriving 
communities.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Redevelopment of the 60 hectare, former golf 
course site was a complex undertaking. The 1,100 
home scheme has potential for up to a decade of 
production.

Amington Garden Village is a prime example of 
Redrow’s placemaking principles of creating 
sustainable developments which are great places to 
live.

Amington Garden Village offers everything from two 
bedroom properties to substantial five bedroom 
family homes. The result is a community which is 
home to first time buyers, families and rightsizers.

A landscape strategy was drawn up to outline how 
25 hectares of land would be retained and 
enhanced as public open space for recreational use 
by the wider community. The design aims to retain 
existing good quality trees and hedgerows and will 
be enhanced by the addition of new trees, shrubs, 
hedgerows and wetland planting.

A new community woodland which will include 
footways and cycleways will be created in the south 
west of the development of c8 hectares along with a 
community orchard and an equipped play area. 

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
 
14 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Our Markets

PLANNING
The Government finally published the National Planning 
Policy Framework (NPPF) at the end of July, after nearly 
three years of consultation. There are a number of 
measures within it that should speed up the delivery of 
housing across the country, including a standard 
methodology for calculating housing need, a new 
housing delivery test, and requirements on councils to 
meet their housing needs, to produce local plans and 
keep them up to date. In addition, regulations come into 
force at the beginning of October that provides planning 
permission for the development of land may not be 
granted subject to a pre-commencement condition 
without the written agreement of the applicant to the 
terms of the condition. This should help to reduce the 
number of unnecessary conditions being imposed on 
planning permissions enabling developers to get on site 
and deliver housing more quickly.

The number of applications granted in 2018 was down 
2% on the previous year. This was disappointing given 
the need for new homes and reverses the gently 
increasing trend seen over the past few years.

MORTGAGE APPROVALS
Mortgage approvals remain one of the key indicators of 
the level of activity in the housing market. Approvals in 
the calendar year 2017 were broadly in line with 2016.

Even with the base rate increases in November 2017 and 
August 2018, mortgage rates remain at near historically 
low levels. 

Seasonally adjusted figures for January 2018 to June 
2018 average 64,000 approvals per month, a 3% 
reduction on the equivalent period in 2017.

HOUSING SUPPLY
NHBC new build starts totalled 134,500 in the year to 
March 2018. This compares to 140,100 in the equivalent 
period last year, a 4% decrease.

This reduction primarily reflects a significant decrease in 
new build starts in Inner London zones. 

RESIDENTIAL TRANSACTIONS
Residential transactions in England and Wales fell by c2% 
in the 2017 calendar year compared to 2016 but with still 
c1.1 million residential property transactions of £40,000 
or above completed during 2017. This reflected a weak 
secondary market.

There were c48,000 Help To Buy equity loan 
completions in the year to March 2018. This was a 21% 
increase on the prior year to March 2017 (39,800).

15

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

Chart 2 

Mortgage approvals  
calendar year (No. - ‘000) 

736

769

806

798

796

Chart 4 

NHBC build starts, all sectors 
(England and Wales) (No. - ‘000)

Chart 6

House Prices Nationwide  
House Price Index (£ - ‘000)

40

30

20

10

500

400

300

200

100

Q4 
15

Q1 
16

Q2 
16

Q3 
16

Q4 
16

Q1 
17

Q2 
17

Q3 
17

Q4 
17

Q1 
18

Q2 
18

London Average

UK Average

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

13

14

15

16

17

Source: Bank of England, CML

0
Q3 
15

Q4 
15

Q1 
16

Q2 
16

Q3 
16

Q4 
16

Q1 
17

Q2 
17

Q3 
17

Q4 
17

Q1 
18

Chart 1 

Planning applications  
granted to March (No. - ‘000)

349

360

373

386

379

Chart 3 

Mortgage approvals 2018  
(seasonally adjusted) (No. - ‘000) 

67

64

63

63

64

65

14

15

16

17

18

Source: Department for Communities and  
Local Government – District Level applications 

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr May

Jun

Source: Bank of England, CML

Chart 5 

NHBC build starts, all sectors 
(Inner London) (No. - ‘000)

Chart 7 

Help to Buy Equity Loan 
completions (No. - ‘000)

5

4

3

2

1

0
Q3 
16

15

10

5

Q4 
16

Q1 
17

Q2 
17

Q3 
17

Q4 
17

Q1 
18

0
Q3 
15

Q4 
15

Q1 
16

Q2 
16

Q3 
16

Q4 
16

Q1 
17

Q2 
17

Q3 
17

Q4 
17

Q1 
18

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
 
16 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Chairman’s Statement

“I am delighted to report that Redrow has once again delivered 
another year of strong growth and record financial results.”

generation which resulted in the Group moving from 
a net debt position of £73m at the end of the previous 
financial year to a positive cash position of £63m at 
the end of June 2018.

Our Return on Capital Employed also improved from 
26.0% to 28.5% and Return on Equity from 27.7% to 
28.0%.

In March 2017 we announced our intention to 
increase our dividend payout ratio to 33% over the 
medium term. Due to our ongoing strong cash 
position the Board is proposing a final dividend of 
19p per share for 2018 (2017: 11p), making 28p per 
share for the full year an increase of 65% on the prior 
year. This equates to a payout ratio of 33% (2017: 
24%), achieving our target ahead of plan.

Subject to shareholder approval at the Annual 
General Meeting, this will be paid on 13 November 
2018 to shareholders on the register as at close of 
business on 21 September 2018.

MARKET
Despite the uncertainty surrounding Brexit, demand 
for new homes continues to be robust, and overall 
house price inflation has moderated to a sustainable 
2%. We entered the current year with a strong order 
book of £1.14bn, an increase of £110m over the 
previous year.

Mortgage availability is excellent, and with low 
interest rates by historic levels, the mortgage market 
remains very competitive. 

Help to Buy continues to support home buyers and 
the housing industry. In the last financial year 1,794 
of our private reservations were secured through 
Help to Buy, a similar level to the previous year.

LAND AND PLANNING
During the year we added 7,455 plots to our current 
land holdings. Of these, 2,727 were converted from 
our strategic land. As a result, net of completions 
and re-plans, our current land holdings increased by 
1,530 plots to 27,630 (2017: 26,100). Our strategic 
land holdings also increased by a net 4,300 plots to 
30,700 (2017: 26,400). 

Growing the number of outlets in line with the 
increased land holdings remains a challenge as the 
journey from ‘outline planning permission’ to 
‘implementable planning permission’ remains as 
bureaucratic as ever. 

STEVE MORGAN
Chairman

I am delighted to report that Redrow has once again 
delivered another year of strong growth and record 
financial results, achieved by completing 5,913 new 
homes (including our Croydon Joint Venture), an 
increase of 9% on the previous year.

FINANCIAL RESULTS
Group turnover rose by 16% to £1.92bn (2017: £1.66bn) 
as a result of the increase in legal completions to 
5,913 together combined with a 7% rise in average 
selling price to £332,300 (2017: £309,800). The 
increase in average selling price was mainly due to 
the relatively faster growth of our southern 
businesses.

Gross profit at £469m was £64m above the 2017 level 
and gross margin was in line with last year at 24.4%.

With firm control of costs, operating expenses only 
increased by £4m to £87m, resulting in operating 
expenses reducing as a percentage of turnover from 
5% in 2017 to 4.5% in 2018.

Operating profit was £382m, up 19% (2017: £322m), 
with an operating margin of 19.9% (2017: 19.4%).

Pre-tax profits were £380m, up 21% (2017: £315m) 
including a £5m after tax contribution from our 
Croydon Joint Venture. Earnings per share increased 
by 22% to 85.3p (2017: 70.2p).

This excellent trading performance and tight control 
of working capital enabled us to achieve strong cash 

17

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

The gross development value of our total land 
holdings now stands at £20bn giving Redrow an 
outstanding platform for continued growth.

PEOPLE
As we continue to grow the business we continue to 
add to our workforce, creating a further 100 jobs in 
2018. We now directly employ 2,300 people (2017: 
2,200), with many thousands more supported 
indirectly through our subcontractors and suppliers.

We have recruited 173 (2017: 150) new apprentices, 
trainees and graduates in the last year making 343 
in total, an industry leading 15% of the workforce. 
We have been awarded a Top 100 Apprentice 
Employer by the National Apprentice Awards for the 
fifth consecutive year.

Our excellent growth record is due to the ongoing 
commitment and hard work of the whole Redrow 
workforce together with our subcontractors and 
suppliers, for which I thank them.

CURRENT TRADING AND OUTLOOK
We have excellent products, especially the  
Heritage Collection, and demand for our homes is 
strong. Despite Brexit uncertainty and the 
exceptional summer weather, sales revenue in the 
first 9 weeks is in line with last year. We expect to 
continue to grow our land holdings and increase the 
number of average outlets in the current year by 5% 
to 130 (2018: 124). 

Redrow is committed to growing our output to help 
the country’s requirement to increase the number of 
new homes built. We have a very strong forward 
order book, first class land holdings, an excellent 
balance sheet and we are able to react quickly to 
changing circumstances. However, there is no doubt 
that clarity over Brexit and the future of Help to Buy 
would improve market sentiment. Given that clarity, 
we will continue to deliver.

STEVE MORGAN
Chairman

3 September 2018

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

THE FAIRWAYS, HERNE BAY, KENT

 
 
 
 
18 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Chief Executive’s Review

“Another year of exceptional results.”

from Forward Land was again strong and accounted 
for 2,727 of the plots acquired.

The average size of site acquired in the year was 
around 180 plots as we took advantage of being 
able to secure some larger opportunities. These 
larger sites were generally acquired on more 
favourable terms and relieve pressure on future 
outlet replacement. They also allow us to make full 
use of our award winning product range to both 
create great places to live for everyone and to 
appeal to a wider market.

We have a reputation for designing individual 
homes that are attractive and meet the modern-day 
needs of our customers. But of equal importance is 
their setting. In recent years we have focused on 
ensuring our developments enhance and make the 
most of natural features as well as connecting to 
and sharing amenities with local communities.

Developing thriving communities by valuing people 
and building responsibly have become the key 
pillars of our operational strategy. Over the course 
of the last year these principles have been 
embedded into the business.

THRIVING COMMUNITIES

Redrow 8 is a suite of placemaking design principles 
we have adopted to ensure our developments 
include all the key requirements to create great 
places. It is consistent with Building for Life 12 which 
is a government-endorsed standard for well-
designed homes and neighbourhoods. 

We recognise that the quality of the places we 
create can have a lasting impact upon the health 
and wellbeing of those who live in our homes. We 
have recently joined the NHS Healthy Towns 
Network which is an initiative to improve the health 
of those living on new housing developments. We 
are also supporting the Wellcome Trust in their 
research project to explore how urban development 
can impact long-term health.

We know our customers are increasingly more 
concerned about the environment in which they live. 
Nature for People is our way of increasing 
biodiversity. We have a long-standing relationship 
with the Bumblebee Conservation Trust and we 
have recently established a new partnership with 
The Wildlife Trusts to help us develop a strategy to 
achieve a net biodiversity gain across our 
developments.

JOHN TUTTE
Group Chief Executive

CONTINUED GROWTH AND EXPANSION

The Group’s successful growth strategy continues 
to deliver exceptional results. Legal completions 
(including JV) increased by 9% to 5,913 in the year 
with revenue rising by 16% to £1.92bn and profit 
before tax up 21% to £380m (2017: £315m).

We have continued to expand our geographical 
coverage. Our new East Midlands division made its 
first full year trading contribution and our Southern 
divisions continue to grow strongly as we target 
increasing our market share in this area of high 
demand. Colindale Gardens, our flagship 
development in North London, also made a 
significant contribution delivering its first 
completions. 

To underpin our future growth we have announced 
the launch of a new division in Thames Valley and 
reorganised our Greater London operations into 
East and West divisions to focus on growth in the 
capital. We have also re-structured Harrow Estates 
to draw on its wealth of experience to help manage 
and support our group-wide forward land activities.

INVESTING IN PLACES
The land market remained attractive throughout the 
year, we acquired 7,455 plots and, after taking into 
account legal completions, land sales and replans, 
our owned and contracted land holdings with 
planning increased to 27,630 plots (2017: 26,100 
plots) representing 4.8 years of supply. Pull-through 

As well as building much-needed new homes we 
make significant contributions to the infrastructure 
of the wider communities in which we work. Last 
year we estimate we committed £184m to fund local 
improvements including new schools, community 
centres, medical and sporting facilities, footpaths 
and cycleways and attractive areas of open space. 

Our annual employee satisfaction survey that 
achieved a record response, reassured us that 
overall we are a highly respected employer with 
95% of our people saying they are proud to work for 
Redrow. This said, we continue to look at ways to 
improve the working environment and we have 
recently launched a number of initiatives around 
communication and health and wellbeing. 

VALUING PEOPLE

In response to our continued growth we created 
around 100 new jobs during the year: we now 
employ just under 2,300 people directly and many 
more times this through our supply-chain.

Training and developing the next generation of 
housebuilders remains high on our agenda. 15% of 
the workforce are trainees on structured training 
programmes and I am delighted that we retained 
our listing as a Top 100 Apprenticeship Employer. 

19

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

WOODFORD GARDEN VILLAGE, CHESHIRE

 
 
 
 
20 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Chief Executive’s Review continued

We have a number of strategic partnerships with 
colleges across the country and the first students 
will enrol this year on our dedicated housebuilding 
degree which has been developed in conjunction 
with Liverpool John Moores University and Coleg 
Cambria.

We are a Patron of the 5% Club which is a movement 
of FTSE employer-members working to tackle 
critical skills challenges. Its members represent the 
gold standard of training and skills development 
across all industries. 

THE MARKET AND OUTLOOK
The new homes market remained fairly stable 
throughout the financial year despite a continuing 
weak secondary market that in particular affects 
sales chains in the upper-end of the price range.

The Group secured just under 4,500 private 
reservations in the year representing £1.7bn of 
revenue. With the exception of Central London, 
where we only have a handful of properties to sell, 
we continue to see encouraging levels of demand 
for our homes.

BUILDING RESPONSIBLY
Our responsibility to work safely and considerately 
is a top priority for the business.

During the year we restructured our Health, Safety 
and Environmental Management teams. Resources 
have been increased and reorganised into two 
distinct areas of responsibility: compliance through 
regular site audits and development to improve 
overall health, safety and environmental 
management. 

NextGeneration is an independent organisation 
which benchmarks the UK’s top 25 housebuilders 
on their sustainability performance. During the year 
we retained our Gold standard and moved-up into 
third place in the rankings. We are also Gold 
members of the UK Green Building Council.

Outlet openings were as predicted weighted 
towards the second-half. Although the Group 
opened 53 new outlets in the year, these were more 
than offset by closures that ran ahead of forecast 
including a few ongoing temporary closures due to 
planning and land drawdown delays. We operated 
from an average of 124 outlets in the year. As our 
larger sites come on-stream, we expect to open and 
close fewer outlets in financial year 2019. As a 
consequence, we are forecasting a small increase in 
the average number of outlets that will be operating 
throughout the year.

We live in challenging political and economic times. 
We can however draw comfort from knowing there 
remains a strong demand for new homes supported 
by both a competitive mortgage market and the 
highly successful Help to Buy scheme. 

Quality and customer service is also a high priority 
for us. We are currently rolling out a tablet based 
quality control system to replace traditional 
out-dated checklists. This system will archive 
inspections and images and allow direct 
communication with contractors to better manage 
standards and quality.

We are well-placed to meet the challenges ahead. 
Our focus on design means our homes are desirable 
and in sought-after places and we have entered the 
new financial year with a record order book. We 
have some excellent new sites in the pipeline that 
will underpin current sales rates as they come 
on-stream. 

In the annual HBF customer satisfaction survey we 
retained our four stars rating with a recommendation 
level of 89.1%. With the improvements we are 
making in this area of our business, our 
recommendation level is currently trending above 
90%.

We continue to explore opportunities to improve 
productivity through the use of more offsite 
manufactured components. On our Padcroft 
development in West Drayton we are using services 
pods and in two of our divisions we are trialling 
modular garages. These innovations not only 
reduce reliance upon site based skilled workers but 
also give more certainty over costs. During the year 
we estimate that build costs increased by around 4% 
with spikes in some material costs being offset by 
easing labour cost pressures.

I am confident given the talent, dedication and 
commitment of our team and wider workforce, we 
remain in a strong position to overcome any political 
and economic stumbling-blocks to deliver excellent 
results in 2019 and beyond. 

JOHN TUTTE 
Group Chief Executive

3 September 2018

21

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

COLINDALE GARDENS, NORTH LONDON

 
 
 
 
22 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review

LAND, PLANNING & DESIGN

Using our planning and design skills to 
develop our quality land holdings into 
thriving communities is fundamental to 
our strategy and continued success.

OWNED AND CONTRACTED  
LAND BY GEOGRAPHY (PLOTS)

2018

North

Central

South 

Greater London 

2018

5,331

7,848

10,356

4,095

27,630

FORWARD LAND BY CATEGORY (PLOTS)

2018

Land owned without planning

Land contracted without planning

Options with housing allocation

Options with realistic prospect 

2018

2,973

2,722

12,257

12,748

30,700

PLACEMAKING
Over the past 40 years or so we have completed 
hundreds of new communities setting our high 
quality and distinctive homes within attractive 
landscaped spaces. Creating great places to live 
has become part of our culture and we are proud 
to develop communities that will leave a lasting 
legacy. We continue to take an expanding and 
leading role in the delivery of a new generation of 
Garden Villages with self-contained communities 
that include schools, amenities and homes set 
within a network of streets and accessible green 
spaces. Our Woodford, Ledsham, Amington, 
Ebbsfleet and Plasdŵr Garden Villages are all 
under construction and the first families have now 
taken up occupation. These new communities 
provide an exciting benchmark for the quality of 
new large-scale communities across the country.

The Government has introduced a number of 
initiatives to tackle the under supply of homes but in 
doing so, they have made it clear that the standard 
of design must not be compromised. Government 
has also reaffirmed its commitment to placemaking 
in the new draft NPPF which promotes early and 
effective engagement throughout the planning 
process with a focus on quality design. At Redrow 
we are well-placed to respond positively to this new 
agenda and have recently finalised our own set of 
placemaking principles. “Redrow 8” draws on our 
many years of experience of delivering high quality 
distinctive places. We have distilled the key 
elements that make our much-loved communities so 
successful to create a scorecard to benchmark the 
quality of the places we design. A “Redrow 8” 
design manual will be launched this year which will 
communicate our placemaking approach to 
customers, local authorities and other stakeholders. 
The principles contained in “Redrow 8” will ensure 
that all of our developments continue to meet high 
placemaking standards. One of these principles, 
“Streets for Life”, has been applied effectively at 
Woodford Garden Village to design a network of 

attractive ‘shared surface’ community streets. 
“Homes for All” is another of the the eight principles: 
at our development at Wilton Hill, we are providing a 
wide range of house types together with 44 homes 
for former service personnel, the first time in the UK 
that a development has been built to specifically 
address the needs of veterans by supporting them 
into independent living in an integrated way.

LAND
The Group acquired 7,455 plots with planning 
permission during the year to add to our owned  
and contracted land holdings, which more than 
replenished our 5,718 record legal completions. 
After land sales and the impact of replans, we 
ended the year with 27,630 plots in our owned and 
contracted land holdings, a 6% increase on the 
preceding year closing position (2017: 26,100). 

Forward land again made a healthy contribution 
comprising 37% of the 7,455 additions across 17 
sites, backing up its c60% across 22 sites 
contribution in 2017. The Group was very successful 
in the year in securing new forward land 
opportunities and we increased our forward land 
holdings by 16% ending the year at 30,700 plots 
(2017: 26,400 plots). Approximately 40% of our 
forward land holdings are allocated for housing in 
Local Authority Plans.

Given the ongoing importance of forward land to 
the business, Harrow Estates has been restructured 
during the year and has assumed responsibility for 
overseeing and strengthening further the Group’s 
forward land holdings.

BRINGING BENEFITS TO THE LOCAL 
COMMUNITY
Last year our developments delivered significant 
value to the wider community: building education 
facilities, community centres, transport infrastructure 
and health centres. In total we committed £184m to 
local communities through infrastructure and 
affordable homes and provided c93 hectares of 
public open space. At Badbury Park, Swindon for 
example, in addition to funding the construction of a 
school and community centre, we are also setting 
land aside for allotments. On our Bloxham Vale 
development in Banbury, in addition to creating play 
areas, allotments and public open space, we are 
making significant investment in education allocating 
c£3m for primary and secondary school facilities.

CREATING HEALTHY PLACES TO LIVE
Pressing health challenges such as obesity, mental 
health issues, physical inactivity and the needs of 
an ageing population, are strongly influenced by our 
physical environment. New housing developments, 
if planned and designed correctly, can provide an 

opportunity to encourage healthier behaviours, 
reduce ill health and encourage greater 
independence and self-care. “Placemaking for 
Wellbeing” is an increasingly important part of our 
strategy. Health and urban design is a complex 
issue so we have been supporting the UPSTREAM 
research project, funded by the Wellcome Trust, to 
explore how those responsible for urban 
development can factor long-term health outcomes 
into their decision-making. 

We have also become members of the newly 
formed NHS Healthy Towns Network. The purpose 
of the network is to explore how new housing 
developments can achieve better health outcomes. 
This follows on from the Healthy Towns Programme 
where the NHS are working with ten demonstrator 
sites across England to shape the health of 
communities. We are currently building homes on 
the Ebbsfleet development, Kent which was one of 
those ten developments. When completed the 
Ebbsfleet Green development will have a wealth of 
health, leisure and community facilities ranging from 
a new park, including sports pitches and tennis 
courts, community allotments, a local shop, 
community facilities and a community hall. 

Our Herne Bay development, Kent is another 
fantastic example of designing a development to 
encourage active and healthy lifestyles. At the heart 
of the development is a sports hub of around 15 
acres which includes multiple sport pitches and 
tennis courts. The site will include a doctors surgery, 
health centre and also a residential care home. 
Cycle routes and footpaths inter-connect the 
development with the local area and the coast.

We are also working, as a business, to support local, 
regional and national events that help to foster positive 
behaviour change around living healthier lifestyles. We 
were proud to be the main sponsor of three cycling 

SOCIAL HOUSING  
LEGAL COMPLETIONS (NO.)

1,102

1,014

834

634

571

14

15

16

17

18

23

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
24 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review continued

events; Bike Chester, Bike Oxford and Bike Bath which 
encouraged people in those areas to get on their 
bikes. Over 3,000 cyclists took part in the three 
events, raising thousands of pounds for local charities.

NATURE FOR PEOPLE
Careful protection of species and habitats has 
always been a key part of our development 
activities. We also know that enhancing existing and 
creating new natural spaces on our developments is 
good for wildlife and also provides valuable 
opportunities for people to enjoy and connect with 
nature. Our new placemaking design principles 
have Nature for People at their heart, with a focus 
on designing communities with blue and green 
infrastructure, accessible natural spaces, use of 
native species and which strive to achieve 
biodiversity net gains.

During the year we were delighted to be awarded 
one of CIRIA’s Big Biodiversity Challenge Awards for 
the creation of hedgehog highways at our 
Glenwood Park development, Barnstaple. Several 
more of our developments have since followed suit 
and we’ve also delivered our ‘Give a Hog a Home’ 
campaign across several divisions, creating 
hedgehog highways and donating hedgehog 
homes to schools and new home-owners to help 
this struggling, beloved species.

ACHIEVING GAINS FOR NATURE
During the year, we commissioned consultants to 
undertake a pilot project examining how our current 
design approach is impacting biodiversity at several 
of our existing developments. The project gave us 
good insight into the key considerations for 
achieving biodiversity ‘net gain’ and will inform the 
development of our new biodiversity strategy, which 
is being developed in partnership with the Wildlife 
Trusts and the Bumblebee Conservation Trust. The 
aim of the strategy will be to enrich biodiversity – 
leaving nature in a better condition than when we 
found it - and connecting communities with nature. 

We are proud to continue our longstanding 
partnership with the Bumblebee Conservation Trust, 
helping to provide habitats for these important 
pollinators and to raise awareness among 
customers and the communities in which we build. 
For example, at our Saxon Brook development, 
Exeter we have created large areas of colourful 
wildflower meadow as well as providing bee-
friendly planting throughout the development. The 
Trust has been providing training to the landscapers 
and the management company to ensure 
maintenance of these natural spaces results in a 
positive legacy for the future. We are also working 
with the new community to create a new Bee Group 
to survey and advocate for bumblebees locally.

As we develop our new biodiversity net gain strategy, 
we are collaborating with DEFRA and Natural 
England, sharing our experiences and are discussing 
partnering on several projects to establish the 
financial implications of biodiversity net gain for 
developers and examining wider outcomes for 
people as well as nature. We are also members of the 
Greater Manchester Biodiversity Net Gain Task 

Group, working to develop and implement a roadmap 
for net gain in Greater Manchester.

Already providing a lasting legacy, for example, is 
Heathlands, a development on a former claypit at 
Buckley, North Wales which won the Landscape 
Institute’s 2017 Award for Science Management and 
Stewardship. Working with North East Wales Wildlife 

and an ecology consultancy we designed and 
implemented a detailed restoration scheme to 
enable the infilling of the unsafe lagoon, the 
re-vegetation of the landscape and conversion to a 
multi-pond nature reserve. Long-term sustainability 
of the nature reserve was secured through the 
financing of a warden and management plan.

25

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

OAK LEIGH GARDENS, CLITHEROE, LANCASHIRE

 
 
 
 
26 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review continued

LAND, PLANNING & DESIGN

STRATEGY IN ACTION: 
Developing with a 
community focus

In 2015, Redrow acquired a significant 59 acre 
brownfield development site in Bedfordshire. 

This former vehicle storage facility, which was 
owned and operated by General Motors, had 
all of the components required to create an 
inspired and ambitious development of new 
homes. Great transport links through road and 
rail, proximity to an urban centre while 
maintaining a softer more rural feel, and an 
aspirational setting all informed the decision 
that this was a great site for Redrow. 

From the very start, the principle of ensuring a 
lasting legacy to the community who had lived 
and worked alongside the development was 
key. Redrow worked closely with key 
stakeholders such as Central Bedfordshire 
Council, General Motors, and the local 
community to evolve the designs and add value 
through the principles of placemaking and 
urban design. Redrow selected the Heritage 
Collection to use at Caddington, building on the 
site’s existing rural feel and providing a sense of 
longevity to this important local site. 

One of the foundation stones of the 
Caddington Woods development was the 
community trust, CASE (Caddington And Ship 
End). CASE is a registered charity created by 
the key stakeholders, specifically for the 
Caddington Woods scheme. This incredibly 
innovative concept harnesses rent values of 
the affordable homes to provide benefit to the 
community. 46 of the affordable homes have 
or will be permanently endowed by Redrow to 
the trust, and the properties will then be 
rented to local authority tenants in the usual 
way. The key difference with this scheme 
however is that the revenue derived from this 
will be invested back into the community 
through CASE. 

The CASE community trust will deliver some 
specific objectives, including the provision of a 
bespoke bus service. Instead of a one off 
contribution by a developer through the 
standard Section 106 mechanism, the CASE 
community trust will support projects like the 
bus service in perpetuity, in turn helping to 
assist local authorities in their objectives, 
delivering vital local services, and building 
thriving communities. 

Redrow will also be constructing a state-of-
the-art community centre, which will be 
handed to the trust to run, with the intention 
that this building will be at the heart of a 
thriving community. 

The income derived from these properties is in 
fact substantial, over a 20 year period the trust 
will deliver: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 £2.6m investment into bespoke bus 
services;

 £1m investment into the woodland and 
landscaping;

 £1.25m into on-site community 
development through youth work; 

 £400,000 into grants to the local 
community/parish; 

•  Full operation of a community centre; and

• 

 Leaving a sinking fund after 20 years of 
£1m for continuously upgrading and 
improving the CASE community trust 
properties, community centre, play area 
and open space.

These costs are net of all management costs. 
Discussions have already taken place with 
Central Bedfordshire Council to look at the 
opportunity to expand schemes like this one 
across the county and beyond. 

27

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
28 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review continued

COMMERCIAL & SYSTEMS

We continue to manage our resources 
efficiently as we grow, working closely with 
our suppliers and subcontractors to deliver 
increasing numbers of our quality homes.

GROWING OUR BUSINESS RESPONSIBLY

It is important that as we grow, we do so in a 
responsible and sustainable manner. During the 
year John Tutte took a seat on the newly formed 
Council for Sustainable Business. This council has 
been established to provide a sounding board on 
how businesses can help achieve the aims of the 
Government’s 25 Year Environment Plan. It will focus 
on building positive momentum inside the business 

REVENUE (£M)

1,920

1,660

1,382

1,150

864

14

15

16

17

18

LEGAL COMPLETIONS (NO.)

5,718

5,319

4,716

4,022

3,597

14

15

16

17

18

29

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

community and acting as a bridge between 
government and industry.

GOLD AWARD FROM NEXTGENERATION
For the third year running we achieved a Gold 
Award from NextGeneration, moving up a place into 
third position in the UK’s top 25 housebuilders. 
NextGeneration are an independent organisation 
which benchmarks housebuilders on their 
sustainability performance. Our high score of 80% is 
up 3% on last year and was calculated by assessing 
the environmental and societal impact of our homes 
and developments. 

REVENUE
The Group’s revenue continues to grow, reaching 
£1.92bn this year (2017: £1.66bn), an increase of 16%. 
The sale of homes accounted for all but £20m of 
revenue, which was attributable to land sales in 
2018 (2017: £12m). 

c£2.5bn of turnover per annum. We have 
announced the launch of a new Thames Valley 
division to further underpin our future growth.

LEGAL COMPLETIONS
We delivered a new record of 5,913 legal 
completions (including our Joint Venture) in 2018, a 
9% increase on 2017 levels (2017: 5,416). 

Social housing accounted for 19% of legal 
completion volumes, in line with the previous year. 
Apartments represented 21% of private legal 
completions excluding our Joint Venture and 22% 
of private sales revenue. This compares to 16% and 
19% respectively in 2017. This increase reflects the 
increased contribution from Greater London, 
notably the first completions from our Colindale 
Gardens development in North London. All the 195 
completions from our Joint Venture development 
Morello in Croydon were apartments.

Revenue has increased by 122% since 2014 and 
profit before tax by 186% in the same period. The 
Group has 14 homes operating divisions at present 
and these have further growth potential to deliver 

OUTLETS
The Group had 124 active outlets on average 
through 2018, which was in line with 2017 levels 
and we closed the year on 132 (June 2017: 132). 

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

KNIGHTS KEEP, STRETTON, STAFFORDSHIRE

 
 
 
 
30 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review continued

WOOLTON FIELDS, LIVERPOOL

Communication is key in any business and we have 
recently launched a new Redrow intranet “Engage” 
which is mobile compatible and facilitates the use of 
video content to make communication more 
dynamic and efficient.

During the year we undertook a major initiative to 
better understand the health and wellbeing risks of 
our employees and subcontractors. The results will 
help shape our strategy going forward.

IMPROVING OUR SYSTEMS AND 
PROCESSES
We are continually striving to increase our 
effectiveness by improving our systems and 
processes to better support our business as it 
continues to grow, evolve and adapt to change.

We have a dedicated team of in-house Systems 
Accountants and IT specialists including a digital 
team, systems analysts, software developers, IT 
security officers and help desk experts at our Head 
Office led by our Chief Information Officer. The team 
work closely with Group and the operational 
business to deliver improved management 
information and systems improvements. Major 
systems improvement projects are sponsored by a 
member of the Executive Management Team.

An example of this is the Quality Review of 
Construction undertaken during the year sponsored 
by Matthew Pratt, a Regional Chief Executive. 

The team also supported the business to comply 
with the increasing levels of statutory reporting 
requirements providing information for example for 
Gender Pay reporting and Payments reporting 
introduced in the year.

Also from a reporting perspective we produced, 
completely in-house, our online half-yearly report 
for 2018. Our digital, marketing and finance teams 
worked together to enable Shareholders and other 
stakeholders to more easily access key information. 
We are building on this achievement with our 
interactive online 2018 Annual Report.

Site openings in total were in line with forecast but 
site closures were slightly higher than forecast due 
to better than expected sales rates.

RESPONSIBLE SOURCING AND 
PROCUREMENT

We look to bring social and economic benefit to 
communities by creating sustainable business 
opportunities with local enterprises. 92% of the 
goods and services we procure are local to our 
developments.

We are committed to procuring goods and 
services in a sustainable and responsible manner, 
working with our supply chain to deliver long-term 
mutual benefit. We continued our partnership with 
Supply Chain Sustainability School (SCSS), an 
initiative providing free learning and development 
to our supply chain partners. We are actively 
encouraging our subcontractors and suppliers to 
sign up and participate in the school. During the 
year, with the support of the SCSS, we carried out 
a gap analysis of our procurement practice against 
the international sustainable procurement 
standard ISO 20400. During the analysis session 
an action plan was developed with responsibilities 
assigned across Redrow to continually improve 
our approach to procurement.

The World Wildlife Foundation (WWF) have once 
again awarded us ‘Three Trees’ status for the third 
assessment period in a row for our use of 
sustainably sourced timber. At present our 
responsibly sourced and credibly certified timber 
stands at 99.94%. The accolade places Redrow 
among the top 40 companies in the country using 
Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certified and 
other responsibly sourced timber and paper 
products.

VALUING AND DEVELOPING PEOPLE AND 
PARTNERS

During the year we expanded our Human Resources 
Department to create a dedicated Engagement 
Team. The team will specifically focus on evolving 
our engagement with employees, suppliers and 
subcontractors and the wider community together 
with a focus on health and wellbeing. 

We again undertook a major employee engagement 
survey in 2018. This was delivered on our behalf by 
Employee Feedback Ltd with individual responses 
being completely confidential. This survey achieved 
an extremely pleasing 90% response rate (2017: 
88%) and provided much useful feedback which we 
shared across our business via workshops in all our 
divisions and Group departments. 95% of 
respondents were proud to work for Redrow.

31

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
32 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review continued 

COMMERCIAL & SYSTEMS

STRATEGY IN ACTION: 
Health kiosks project

RATIONALE
At Redrow, Valuing our People and 
Partners is important to us. This is 
evidenced by us recently setting up a new 
engagement team within our HR function 
with a dedicated resource to focus on 
Health and Wellbeing. We already offer a 
range of benefits, services and initiatives 
to our employees and intend to carry out a 
comprehensive review of our Health and 
Wellbeing offering. In order to do this, we 
wanted to understand the health risks of 
our employees and supply chain, looking 
at the whole picture around physical, 
mental, social and financial. This would 
enable us to develop a Health and 
Wellbeing offering which was evidenced 
based so that future initiatives were much 
more targeted, their impact could be more 
measurable and that would enhance the 
relationships with our supply chain 
partners.

APPROACH
The challenge for us was that having no 
data on the current health risks of our 
employees or supply chain, how were we 
going to get this valuable information. We 
worked with a specialist consultant to 
explore various ways of how we could do 
this and ultimately agreed that to be able 
to reach as many people as possible, the 
best approach was to have health kiosks 
in our divisions and sites which would 
provide a snap shot of the current health 
risks for our employees and supply chain.

Over a 4 week period, health kiosks were 
strategically located at our divisions and 
sites supported by a Redrow lifestyle 
questionnaire which was available at the 
kiosk. A mobile app was also developed 
that included the online lifestyle 
questionnaire that was available for those 

who couldn’t attend the kiosk and was 
sent as a link to our supply chain partners. 

As well as our employees and supply 
chain partners getting involved with the 
initiative, we went a step further to enable 
them to register onto a digital platform 
which provided their own dashboard, set 
their own health and lifestyle goals, 
communicate and set challenges with 
friends and colleagues and access lots of 
resources and information to help improve 
their health and wellbeing.

RESPONSE
We enjoyed a fantastic response with 51% 
of our employees and 461 of our supply 
chain getting involved either by using the 
kiosk or completing the online 
questionnaire. 96% said they would 
recommend the kiosk to a friend with 83% 
saying that using the kiosk would inspire 
them to make lifestyle changes to improve 
their health.

LEARNING
The initiative focused on a wide range of 
health points: physical exercise, emotional 
wellness, sleep, smoking, nutrition, 
alcohol, chronic health conditions as well 
as health metrics such as heart age, blood 
pressure, BMI and body fat. Our key 
health risks from this process have been 
identified as smoking, indications of poor 
nutrition as well as very low levels of 
physical activity. These risk factors were 
reflected in the cardiovascular risk and 
health metrics taken at the kiosk.

GOING FORWARD
We now have a fantastic robust data set 
to work with and, along with our other 
data such as absence, we have now 
developed a 2 year road map which 

outlines what we will be doing to focus on all health 
and wellbeing areas, in particular focusing on the 
high risks identified by this project.

We will be undertaking a communication campaign 
to our employees and supply chain to raise 
awareness of what we will now be doing to support 
them and how they can get involved with initiatives 
that we will be offering.

Improving mental health in the construction industry 
is an area that we are already working to tackle 
through developing partnerships with like-minded 
organisations and one way in which we have 
already committed to is to train Mental Health First 
Aiders within the business.

To support our supply chain, we will be working with 
our benefit providers to see what benefits we can 
extend to our partners. The Employee Assistance 
Programme is one that we will be extending in 
September.

We were really keen to offer a 
greater range of initiatives and 
benefits to improve the health 
and wellbeing of all our 
employees and supply chain. 
We challenged our newly 
created Engagement team to 
set a strategy based on real 
needs so we can ensure 
targeted spend for the best 
results. We are very pleased 
with the approach and the 
results and look forward to 
rolling out enhancements this 
year and next.”

Karen Jones  
Group HR Director

33

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
34 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review continued 

COMMERCIAL & SYSTEMS

STRATEGY IN ACTION:  
Build quality review

We pride ourselves on ensuring the 
highest quality of our new homes. 
Providing a first class product and 
excellent levels of customer service goes 
to the heart of what we strive to achieve.

ability to instantly deal with issues whilst 
communicating the greatest amount of 
detail of the issue and the required 
solution quickly, with the ability to track 
and monitor the process.

In order to provide excellent levels of 
service we must first provide a quality 
product and it is important that this is 
delivered at all stages, so the customer 
has confidence that it is not just what they 
see as a finished product but also that we 
have taken pride at achieving this level at 
every stage of the build.

Site management has changed 
dramatically over the last few years with a 
strong emphasis on health and safety, 
accurate programming, build quality and 
customer service, all of which needs to be 
sustainable for the future.

With the ever evolving tasks of a site 
manager, we conducted a review of the 
role with a target on increasing the 
amount of time our site teams have to 
review quality and the benefits that has. In 
order to achieve this we needed to review 
what tasks we could remove, improve or 
simplify. 

Following the review of the role of the site 
manager, we removed any work that we 
felt was not adding any benefit to the 
business, or had simply become a 
redundant task. We then wanted to 
reduce the time our teams were taking to 
complete simple tasks. 

We work with a constant moving factory 
base on a building site, therefore we 
wanted our site managers to have the 
ability to work from any part of the site 
when inspecting quality or safety matters. 
We also wanted the teams to have the 

We felt the solution involved an increased 
use of technology. We therefore rolled out 
the use of a new ipad based system to all 
of our site managers and assistant site 
managers last year, a significant 
investment by the Group. 

We also developed our own internal 
applications to be used on the ipad to 
allow the site managers to record 
inspections instantly. The use of this 
technology, with simple to use apps, 
allows our site managers to highlight any 
areas of quality or safety concern and 
instantly provide photo evidence which is 
then directed to the subcontractors and 
the trade on site. With the use of a simple 
photo, a brief description and a targeted 
subcontractor portal, faults are recorded 
and action is required via the portal to 
evidence the rectification of the works. 

Works can be monitored to ensure 
remedial action is carried out and data 
showing common issues can be 
highlighted and addressed with the 
contractors. 

We also record areas of good quality and 
completed works that can be referred 
back to by our customer service teams, 
also helping the customer understand 
what has been put into the fabric of the 
building.

The initial results are showing that more 
time is now available to our site teams to 
proactively deal with faults and we have a 
system that will help us review the data 

35

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

for common faults. Drawings are also stored on the 
cloud and can be instantly e-mailed to the 
contractors own device, again significantly reducing 
the amount of time involved.

We use the data produced, together with that of any 
external audits, to allow us to target our training for 
our teams and close the loop to ensure repeated 
problems are identified. A bi-monthly quality panel 

meets to discuss the issues with a target of closing 
the loop through training, changing materials, 
general alerts or changing our details.

Over time it is expected that this investment in 
technology will improve our communications with 
our trades, give us a fully monitored system 
identifying common faults, and ultimately reduce the 
number of faults that can occur with a new home.

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
36 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review continued

CONSTRUCTION

To meet the demand for new homes,  
the construction industry must work with 
Government and the wider community  
to inspire the next generation to build.

INSPIRING THE NEXT GENERATION  
AT REDROW
At Redrow we are committed to training and 
development and are evolving our learning and 
development programmes to better support our 
business as it continues to grow and evolve.

During the year we were pleased to launch the first 
housebuilding degree course in the UK in 
conjunction with Liverpool John Moores University 
and Coleg Cambria.

We have also developed a careers app designed 
using augmented reality to show the housebuilding 
environment and career opportunities available in 
housebuilding. It was launched at the Careers Live 
shows in Birmingham and Liverpool in March 2018.

We again maintained our proportion of our 
workforce on structured training programmes at 15% 
and have been listed as a Top 100 Apprentice 
Employer in the National Apprenticeship Service 
awards for a fifth successive year.

This year our focus was on further improving the 
quality of our training course days rather than the 
quantity of attendees and as a result we delivered 
c6,500 training days, a small reduction on the 6,800 
in 2017. A significant proportion of our training is 
delivered at our Tamworth Training Centre, at 
dedicated training facilities at our Colindale and 
Daresbury offices or at our Head Office.

We created c100 new directly employed jobs in the 
year, ending the year with c2,300 employees. Our 
business benefits many more employees 
throughout our supply chain.

BUILDING RESPONSIBLY
We became Gold Leaf members of the UK Green 
Building Council (UKGBC) in 2018 reinforcing our 
commitment to building sustainable homes and 
communities. UKGBC is part of the World Green 
Building Council network, a global network of over 

70 national Green Building Councils transforming 
the built environment.

Building homes can be impactful on the areas 
surrounding a development. As part of our 
commitment to creating considerate working 
environments we became corporate members of 
Considerate Constructors Scheme (CCS), a non-
profit-making, independent organisation founded by 
the construction industry to improve its image. 
Regular scored assessments are carried out, by CCS 
monitors, to assess if sites are being run in 
accordance with the Scheme’s code of practice. At 
our Lyon Square development, Harrow, we achieved 
an exceptional score of 45 out of 50. The site team 
was praised by the CCS Assessor for its innovative 
multi-purpose illuminated signage board which 
promoted the credentials of the company while 
portraying the industry in an extremely positive light.

Home energy use is responsible for over a quarter of 
UK carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions. At Redrow we 
build energy efficient homes that not only reduce the 
environmental impact of carbon emissions but also 
save our customers money. Our homes are designed 
and constructed to optimise the performance of the 
building fabric as part of a ‘fabric first’ approach. This 
minimises heat loss through floors, walls, roofs and 
windows. Energy performance in homes is measured 
using the Standard Assessment Protocol (SAP) rating, 
which shows the energy performance of a property 
on a scale of 1 to 100, with A to G. The average SAP 
rating for a Redrow home this year was 84 (B Rating), 
compared to the national average of a UK home of 
59 (D rating). 

Redrow are one of the partners supporting Barclay’s 
bank ‘Green Home Mortgages’ offering which 
provides lower mortgage rates for new Redrow 
homes in the energy efficiency bands from B – A. 
This scheme is part of the Energy Efficient 
Mortgages Action Plan (EeMAP) which is intended to 
incentivise and channel private capital into energy 
efficiency investments.

37

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

CONSTRUCTION
STRATEGY IN ACTION: House building degree course

In 2018 Redrow launched the first 
Housebuilding degree with Liverpool John 
Moores University and Coleg Cambria. 

The programme was launched in February 
2018, with 14 Redrow employees embarking 
on the programme. At present the degree is 
only open to Redrow employees. Redrow  
are hoping to open the degree out to the 
housebuilding industry going forward. 

The three year degree gives candidates a full 
overview of housebuilding skills including 
housebuilding quality, surveying, land 
purchase, Health & Safety, law and project 
management. 

Six modules will be delivered over each year 
using a variety of assessment methods 
including examinations, coursework and a 
final year dissertation project. Each year 

there are six block weeks of classroom 
learning which will be taught in partnership 
between Coleg Cambria, LJMU’s department 
of the built environment and Redrow 
business experts with additional time through 
virtual learning, site visits and practical 
learning. 

Any Redrow employee with a level three 
qualification or five years’ experience in the 
housebuilding industry can be nominated to 
the programme, Redrow are hoping to have 
around 15 employees each year on the 
programme. 

The first two years will form a foundation 
degree with the final year topping up to 
become a full degree in BSc (Hons) 
Construction Management – Housebuilding.

We are delighted 
to be working in 
partnership with 
Redrow and 
Liverpool  
John Moores 
University on this 
innovative and 
exciting new 
qualification.”

Nick Tyson 
Assistant Principal 
Coleg Cambria

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
38 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review continued

MANAGING RESOURCES EFFICIENTLY
As well as ensuring our sites are safe and operate in 
a manner that is considerate of the local community, 
we are mindful of our responsibilities in caring for 
the environment. In our work protecting and 
enhancing biodiversity on our developments, and 
reducing our use of energy, waste and water in our 
activities, we are striving to become environmentally 
net positive. We have maintained our ISO14001 
certification this year, with regular audits by the 
British Standards Institute, as we continue to reduce 
our environmental impact across the business. 

WASTE AND RECYCLING
We are producing 10.63 tonnes of waste per 100m2 
of build (2017: 10.65 tonnes/100m2). We are 
strengthening our focus on reducing waste with the 
commencement of a new waste minimisation 
project, investigating the root causes of waste and 
taking steps to tackle these.

Ensuring we minimise the amount of waste going to 
landfill remains a priority for us, with the amount 
diverted from landfill increasing again this year to 
96.8% (2017: 95.4%). At our North West division, the 
appointment of a new project engineer focusing on 
management of soils and excavated materials has 
resulted in c93,000 tonnes of materials being 
re-used and diverted from landfill.

We continue to work with our suppliers on 
increasing recycling rates, with c23,000 paint cans 
being recycled in 2018, and we have been sharing 
our experiences of this successful project with the 
HBF to help increase recycling rates across the 
whole industry. We also continue to work with 
Community Wood Recycling – a social enterprise 
who collect and reuse waste timber at the same 
time as providing jobs and training for 
disadvantaged people.

The issue of packaging waste has been high on our 
agenda for a number of years and we have 
arranged numerous take-back schemes, where 
suppliers take responsibility for recovering and 
recycling packaging waste from our sites. This year 
we have gone back to our suppliers and re-
engaged them on the issue of single-use plastic 
waste. We are looking to work with them to develop 
resource efficiency programmes which embrace the 
principles of the circular economy as a means of 
eliminating avoidable plastic waste. We are also 
active members of the HBF Waste Forum, working 
in partnership with other leading housebuilders to 
tackle waste across the sector.

Each year since 2010 we have disclosed information 
about our carbon emissions, carbon strategy and 
reduction programmes to the Carbon Disclosure 

Project (CDP). In our most recent submission we 
have been awarded a ‘B’ grade which reflects our 
positive management of climate-related issues, 
including awareness and taking actions to reduce 
our impacts. 

We are working to further reduce our carbon 
emissions, of which a significant contributor is use of 
diesel for site activities. Our diesel generator project 
is currently reviewing use of diesel generators on 
sites, including reducing the length of time they are 
required on site, ensuring they are sized correctly 
for their required purpose and examining hybrid 
generators. In addition, in our Yorkshire division we 
have been trialling new energy efficient site cabins, 
coupled with new eco-heaters and solar 
photovoltaics. Early results indicate significant 
energy and carbon savings will be achieved by 
rolling the system out across the business.

Our 2018 Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions 
expressed in relation to the quantity of build we have 
undertaken are 2.48 tonnes of CO2e per 100m2 (2017: 
2.5 tCO2e/100m2). Our GHG emissions are 
independently verified to a limited level of assurance. 

HEALTH & SAFETY

Redrow remains committed to improving our overall 
Health, Safety and Environmental (H,S&E) 
performance. During the year we significantly 
restructured the teams, both increasing resources 
and reorganising into two distinct areas of 
responsibility: Assurance & Compliance and 
Development to better support this commitment to 
improvement.

A new Group Health, Safety & Environmental 
Director was appointed during the year to facilitate 
the restructure and to build on the positive work 
already achieved by the existing team. The 
Assurance & Compliance side of the new structure is 
a dedicated set of H,S&E inspectors whose primary 
objective is to ensure that all live developments 
receive an internal scored inspection that identifies 
both areas for continued improvement as well as 
areas achieving recognised operating standards.

The Development side provides the divisions with 
dedicated H,S&E Managers who will provide more 
front end engagement and support in terms of 
pre-planning of H,S&E issues on future 
developments. They also provide assistance and 
guidance on the practical application of recognised 
operating standards and the sharing of best practice.

Subcontractor engagement remains essential to 
promoting a positive health & safety culture. We 
continue to support our supply chain by organising 
and hosting events during the year in our divisions.

Our all accident figure for 2018 was 3% lower at 382 
than the previous year (2017: 393) despite a 9% 
increase in legal completions. There was however a 
small increase in reportable accidents resulting in 
an increase in our accident incident rate to 0.35 
(2017: 0.30).

BUILD OUTPUT

Build handovers increased by 12% in the year as the 
Group continues to improve and smooth our 
productivity to meet our growth targets. We work 
closely with our suppliers to manage pressures, 
notably this year in the material supply chain.

In 2018 Redrow received five commended and one 
highly commended safety awards from the NHBC. 
The NHBC H&S Awards are the UK’s only health 
and safety awards scheme for home builders and 
provides us with external acknowledgement of our 
commitment to improving our overall H,S&E 
performance.

Colindale Gardens remains the largest single 
development within the Group and delivered its first 
legal completions in the year whilst continuing to 
make excellent progress on further phases. There are 
currently c650 homes under construction there and 
on an average day a workforce of c600 is on site.

39

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

COLINDALE GARDENS, NORTH LONDON

 
 
 
 
40 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review continued

SALES & MARKETING

At Redrow we have a reputation for 
building award winning homes.

SALES EXCELLENCE
Once our customers arrive at a Redrow development 
they can truly experience the Redrow lifestyle.

Our sales centres are carefully designed to showcase 
the Redrow collections and our unique, immersive, 
virtual reality development plans enable people to 
make the most informed decision about their ideal 
house style and position on the development. 

Redrow sales staff are highly experienced and 
undergo regular refresher training in product 
specification and understanding who our key 
suppliers are. Sales excellence and customer service 

ON-LINE TO ON-SITE

Redrow’s sales and marketing strategy combines 
traditional, proven sales and marketing methods with 
the very latest techniques in targeting prospects 
based on analysis and insight.

Extensive research into the demographics and 
behaviours of our target segments results in finely 
tuned marketing campaigns that generate high 
volumes of quality traffic to our website.

The resultant campaigns are extremely cost effective 
and utilise those channels which our customers 
increasingly choose as their preferred method of 
communication. Often this will be a social media 
channel, however traditional forms of media are still 
used to ensure that we always invest appropriately in 
our brand where it is cost effective. This strategy is 
reaping significant rewards.

A CONSISTENT EXPERIENCE

The vast majority of our customers’ first contact with 
Redrow is through our consumer website www.
redrow.co.uk and their experience when they arrive 
is carefully designed to ensure consistency of service 
across all channels and devices with almost 60% of 
website visitors now being generated from mobile 
devices. This ‘Redrow experience’ is very important 
in communicating the strength of our product ranges 
and conveying our brand purpose ‘To create a better 
way to live’.

Features on the website include augmented reality 
floorplans and 3D development layouts to assist 
people in visualising the Redrow lifestyle. Further 
tools within My Redrow help customers choose their 
options and upgrades to personalise their Redrow 
home. Our My Redrow system has been shortlisted 
as a finalist in the BESMA awards (The British 
Excellence in Sales Management Awards) in the 
category of “Award for Innovation in Sales”.

Intuitive navigation through the website ensures that 
our customer experience is enjoyable and helpful 
and our ambition is to encourage the maximum 
number of people to visit our developments as well 
informed as they can be on our products, brand and 
communities.

41

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

skills are honed through frequent mystery shopping 
surveys and each year our very best consultants will 
be awarded the prestigious title of Sales Consultant 
of the Year in their division.

more effectively. Great care has been taken to 
ensure that the user interface is as intuitive and 
responsive as possible so that the specific needs of 
our customers are always satisfied.

Sales Excellence Champions regularly meet to 
develop new customer initiatives and many beneficial 
ideas are also generated at the Annual Sales 
Conference where approximately 450 sales staff 
come together to explore ways in which the customer 
experience can be enhanced.

CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT 
(CRM)

Timely, empathetic and compliant communication is 
essential in an increasingly crowded media world. 
Redrow has committed thousands of man-hours into 
ensuring that all communications are GDPR compliant 
and has also invested in sophisticated CRM systems to 
personalise dialogue with prospects and customers.

In addition, our sales and build management system 
has been extensively re-engineered to enable sales 
staff to service the specific needs of our customers 

AWARD WINNING SHOW HOMES
Redrow show homes set a benchmark that is the 
envy of the industry. Redrow have an in-house 
dedicated team of professional interior designers 
who meticulously design and create show homes that 
are truly inspirational. Customers often comment on 
the exceptional interior design and independent 
commentators recognise Redrow as the leader in the 
field. This has been reflected through more than 
eight interior design awards in the year and glowing 
comments from customers. These show homes 
perfectly showcase the product and transform our 
customer’s dreams into reality. This is the point where 
most people fall in love with a Redrow home.

Many developments now feature show villages such 
as Woodford Garden Village, Cheshire where there 
are seven house styles on show.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

LYMINGTON SHORES, HAMPSHIRE

 
 
 
 
42 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review continued 

SALES & MARKETING

STRATEGY IN ACTION: 
Lifestyle homes

“We don’t style any bedrooms specifically for children in the 
Lifestyle Homes range but we do create desirable guest bedrooms 
as we know our customers like to have family and friends to stay.

“By ensuring our Show Home interiors are in line with our 
customer research we can capture the imaginations of potential 
purchasers and make them feel instantly at home as soon as they 
walk through the door.”

It is a process that is proving very successful and one of the 
reasons why the Lifestyle Homes have been so popular since 
their launch.

In the same way our technical team has created our 
Lifestyle Homes in response to the evolving needs of our 
customers, our interior design team has undertaken 
extensive research to ensure the Show Home interiors are 
also in tune with how our purchasers want to live.

Our Lifestyle Homes have evolved the layouts of some of 
our most popular Heritage Collection designs to feature a 
smaller number of larger bedrooms, each with its own 
en-suite, and other luxurious features such as dressing 
areas to master bedrooms.

Having launched the collection a year ago – driven by our 
findings that not all home buyers want a ‘traditional’ family 
home – we’ve now been able to analyse exactly who has 
been buying the designs.

Our research suggests that the average Lifestyle purchaser 
is in their late 40s, either with no children or children who 
are older or have left home. 

Additional research into the interior design preferences of 
those customers has further informed how we create our 
Show Homes.

Meticulous research and planning by Emma Brindley, Head 
of Interior Design and her team has arrived at the personas 
of the purchasers who would choose to live in the homes. 
“It’s really about understanding our customers – their jobs, 
interests and consumer behaviour – and reflecting their 
aspirations and needs in the interiors we create,” says 
Emma.

“We’re discovering that many people aren’t precious about 
bringing pre-loved items of furniture from their previous 
homes; they are generally making a completely fresh start, 
buying everything new, and opting for a contemporary look 
and feel.

“We know our target audience is style conscious and trend 
aware, with exacting standards, so bedrooms and 
bathrooms are luxurious and reflect boutique hotel styling. 
Some of the designs, such as the Leamington Lifestyle, 
feature vast master suites with generous en-suite 
bathrooms and dressing rooms, and the look we create is 
extremely high-end with a focus on opulent fabrics and 
elegant furniture. 

43

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

Our “Inspirational  
Homes” magazine 
showcases interior  
design trends and  
styling advice 
together with  
features on our 
developments.”

Emma Brindley  
Head of Interior Design

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
44 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review continued

CUSTOMER SERVICE

We are committed to providing customer 
service comparable with the very best 
from the retail and services sectors.

RESERVATIONS AND ORDERBOOK
The Group secured £1.7bn of private reservations in 
the year (2017: £1.6bn) and ended the year with a total 
order book including social of £1.1bn (2017: £1.0bn). 

PRODUCT
We are proud of our reputation for designing 
attractive homes that meet the modern-day needs 
of our customers. Outside Greater London, our 
divisions continue to focus on our award winning 
Heritage Collection and this year it contributed 72% 
of the Group’s private sales revenue (2017: 75%). We 
appreciate that homebuyers’ needs and aspirations 
differ which is why we have added the Lifestyle 
Collection to our Heritage range. Lifestyle 
Collection homes are just as spacious as our family 
homes but have been redesigned with fewer yet 
larger bedrooms and have proved a popular 
addition to our product range.

The Heritage Collection is complemented by 
bespoke product which represented 28% of private 
sales revenue in the year (2017: 25%). Bespoke 
product features more strongly in the South and 
Greater London uses bespoke product exclusively 
as each development is specifically designed to 
reflect the sites constraints whilst preserving the 
best of its individual character. The contribution 
from Greater London increased this year 
representing £296m of our homes sales revenue 
(2017: £218m) with the first completions from our 
flagship Colindale Gardens development in North 
London.

ORDER BOOK (£M)

1,144

1,030

899

594

535

14

15

16

17

18

Private reservations per outlet per week were 0.67 
excluding PRS, in line with the previous year on a 52 
week like for like basis. This 2018 rate increased to 
0.70 with PRS included. The cancellation rate 
remained consistent with the previous year at 15%.

CUSTOMER FEEDBACK
We achieved a 89.1% HBF customer recommend 
rating in 2018 (2017: 88.9%), a modest improvement 
in a year during which our legal completions 
increased by 8%. Our current recommendation level 
is trending at over 90%.

Customer Service training is an integral part of our 
induction programme for new starters. Our 
Customer Service Culture course is accredited by 
the Institute of Customer Service.

We are committed to providing customer service 
comparable with the very best from the retail and 
services sectors. To achieve this we are constantly 
improving our customer experience, a recent 
example being the addition of a customer “Hard 
Hat” tour.

“My Redrow” is our online members area designed 
specifically for customers. It provides a secure 
personalised dashboard supporting their customer 
journey. “My Redrow” option choices and upgrades 
enable our customers to personalise their new 
home and these extras accounted for £20m of sales 
in the year, in line with the previous year.

45

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

SALES CENTRE AT PARC PLYMOUTH, CARDIFF

 
 
 
 
46 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Operating Review continued

CUSTOMER SERVICE

STRATEGY IN ACTION: 
Hard Hat tours

Hard Hat tours are an exciting opportunity for Redrow homeowners to 
view their property, quite literally from the inside out. They are arranged 
just after the first fix stage of the housebuild. This is when the property is 
watertight and cables and pipework for the various services have been 
installed, but before the internal walls have been plastered.

At this point, customers can begin to appreciate the layout and room sizes, 
really understand what goes into building their new home and check the 
placing of all their optional extras and upgrades.

Hard Hat tours have helped to further improve the positive relationship 
between our customers and their site and customer service managers, 
who personally lead the tours.  

This open dialogue has given us more opportunity to better manage 
customer expectations throughout the home buying process. 

Ultimately, our commitment to continual improvement, and the introduction 
of Hard Hat tours, has helped to deliver happier customers with improved 
customer recommend and net promoter scores across the Group.

Matt Grayson 
Group Communications Director

I had no idea what goes on behind the scenes 
and it was nice to see that. You can start to 
visualise where to place things. It’s been great. 
It’s given me a good understanding and you can 
appreciate the time it actually takes for the 
house to be ready.”

Rebecca Scott  
Redrow Customer

47

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
48 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Financial Review

“Earnings per share have increased by 22% in the year to 85.3p.”

REVENUE BY GEOGRAPHY (£M)

There was also a £5m after tax contribution from our 
Joint Venture on the Morello, Croydon development 
(2017: £1m) which delivered 195 legal completions in 
(2017: 97). This Joint Venture development is now 
complete.

As a result, the Group delivered a record profit 
before tax of £380m (2017: £315m) in the year with 
basic earnings per share up 22% at 85.3p (2017: 
70.2p).

TAX
The corporation tax charge for the year was £72m 
(2017: £62m). The Group’s tax rate for 2018 was 19% 
(2017: 19.75%). The normalised rate of tax for the 
year ending 30 June 2019 is projected to be 19% 
based on rates which are substantively enacted 
currently.

The Group paid £74m of corporation tax in the year 
(2017: £56m) following the normal quarterly pattern. 
Payments will continue in the normal quarterly 
pattern until the new legislation for corporation tax 
payments by very large companies takes effect for 
our financial year ending 30 June 2020, which will 
bring our instalment payments forward by four 
months.

DIVIDENDS
The Board has proposed a 2018 final dividend of 
19p per share which will be paid on 13 November 
2018 to Shareholders on the register on 21 
September 2018, subject to Shareholder approval 
at the 2018 Annual General Meeting. This is a 73% 
increase on last year. The full year dividend is 28p 
(2017:17p) and a payout ratio of 33% of earnings 
(2017: 24%). In 2017 we announced our intention to 
progressively increase the dividend payout ratio to 
33% over the medium term. As a result of our 
ongoing strong cash position we have been able 
to meet this commitment earlier than expected.

The Group paid dividends of £74m (2017: £44m) 
during the year. 

RETURNS
Net assets at 30 June 2018 were £1,483m (2017: 
£1,235m), a 20% increase. Capital employed at the 
same date was £1,420m (2017: £1,308m) up 9%. Our 
return on capital employed continued to benefit 
from improved capital turn and higher profits and 
increased in the year from 26.0% to 28.5%. Return 
on equity also increased slightly from 27.7% to 
28.0%.

BARBARA RICHMOND
Group Finance Director

PROFITABILITY
The Group once again delivered record financial 
results with revenue of £1.92bn (2017: £1.66bn) and 
profit before tax of £380m (2017: £315m). This was 
achieved by completing a record 5,718 new homes 
(5,913 including our Joint Venture).

Total Group revenue rose 16% to £1.9bn. This 
comprised private homes revenue which increased 
by 14% to £1.8bn (2017: £1.5bn) as a result of a 7% 
increase in private homes legal completions and a 
7% increase in average selling price, social homes 
revenue of £145m (2017: £115m) and other revenue of 
£20m (2017: £12m) from land sales.

As a result of the increase in revenue, gross profit 
increased by £64m in the year to £469m (2017: 
£405m) giving a gross margin of 24.4% in line with 
the previous year.

The strong revenue growth has generated an 
operating profit for the year of £382m (2017: £322m), 
a 19% increase. This represents an operating margin 
of 19.9% (2017: 19.4%). This 50 basis point margin 
increase is due to tight control of costs leading to a 
reduction in administrative expenses as a 
percentage of revenue from 5.0% to 4.5%.

Net financing costs at £7m were £1m lower than the 
prior year due to the improved cash position in 
2018. We had an average positive cash balance 
during the year of £22m compared to average net 
debt of £67m in 2017.

2018

2017

North

Central

South 

Greater London 

2018

433

445

740

302

2017

463

360

614

223

1,920

1,660

INVENTORIES
Our investment in land increased by £127m, or 10% 
in the year to £1,439m (2017: £1,312m) reflecting the 
attractive land market and our success in securing 
sites to best utilise our product and placemaking 
skills on acceptable terms. Over a third of our 
current land holdings additions in 2018 came from 
our forward land holdings broadly in line with the 
c40% five year average contribution. 

Our owned plot cost has increased by £1,000 per 
plot to £71,000 at June 2018 (2017: £70,000), 
reducing slightly to 19% of the average selling price 
of private legal completions in the year (2017: 20%).

Our investment in work in progress increased by 
£48m, up 7% year on year to £779m (2017: £731m). 
As a percentage of Homes turnover it reduced from 
44% to 41% in part benefiting from the first legal 
completions off our Colindale Gardens development 
in North London.

Land creditors increased by £36m to £387m at June 
2018 (2017: £351m) representing 27% of gross land 
value in line with the prior year.

RECEIVABLES
Trade receivables decreased by £5m during the 
year to £16m (2017: £21m) due to the ongoing receipt 
of historic shared equity scheme monies. Other 
receivables increased from £21m to £29m partly due 
to the timing of the recovery of VAT on land 
payments.

EARNINGS PER SHARE (P)

85.3

70.2

55.4

44.5

28.3

14

15

16

17

18

DIVIDEND PER SHARE (P)

28

17

10

6

15

3

14

16

17

18

ROCE (%)

28.5

26.0

23.7

22.8

18.0

14

15

16

17

18

49

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
50 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Financial Review continued

PAYABLES
Trade payables, customer deposits and accruals 
increased by £30m to £452m (2017: £422m) again 
reflecting increased levels of production activity.

CASH FLOW AND NET CASH/(DEBT)
Net cash stood at £63m at June 2018 compared to 
net debt of £73m at June 2017. This significant 
movement reflects a cash inflow generated from 
operations of £276m (2017:£189m). This equates to a 
cash conversion from EBITDA of 72% in 2018, up 
from 58% in 2017. Together with a net £26m cash 
inflow from our Joint Ventures, this more than 
funded the growth in the business and the increase 
in both dividend distributions and corporation tax 
payments made in the year. 

FINANCING AND TREASURY MANAGEMENT
In the light of the ongoing improving cash position, 
on 31 January 2018 we reduced our committed 
unsecured syndicated loan facility by £100m to 
£250m and extended its maturity from March 2020 
to December 2022. We also cancelled a £15m 
unsecured bilateral facility.

Redrow remains a UK based housebuilder and 
therefore the main focus of its financial risk 
management surrounds the management of liquidity 
and interest rate risk. Financial management at 
Redrow is conducted centrally using policies 
approved by the Board.

(i)  Liquidity

 The Group regularly prepares and reviews its 
cash flow forecasts which are used to manage 
liquidity risks in conjunction with the 
maintenance of appropriate committed banking 
facilities to ensure adequate headroom.

 Facilities are kept under regular review and the 
Group maintains regular contact with its banks 
and other financial institutions; this ensures 
Redrow remains attuned to new developments 
and opportunities and that our facilities remain 
aligned to our strategic and operational 
objectives and market conditions.

 Our current banking syndicate comprises six 
banks and in addition to our committed 
facilities, Redrow also has further uncommitted 
bank facilities which are used to assist day to 
day cash management.

(ii)  Interest rate risk

 The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it 
borrows money at floating rates. Redrow uses 
simple risk management products, notably 
sterling denominated interest rate swaps, as 
appropriate to manage this risk. Such products 
are not used for speculative or trading purposes.

 Redrow regularly reviews its hedging 
requirements. No hedging was undertaken in 
the year.

CURRENT LAND BY GEOGRAPHY 
(NO. OF PLOTS)

CASH CONVERSION (%)

72.0

58.0

50.0

29.0

15

16

17

18

2018

2017

North

Central

South 

Greater London 

2018

5,331

7,848

10,356

4,095

27,630

2017

5,382

6,483

9,963

4,272

26,100

PENSIONS
As at June 2018, the Group’s financial statements 
showed a £22m surplus (2017: £2m deficit) in 
respect of the defined benefits section of The 
Redrow Staff Pension Scheme (which closed to 
future accrual with effect from 1 March 2012). The 
£24m improvement is mainly due to the increase in 
corporate bond yields along with a decrease in the 
market’s long-term expectations for inflation which 
have served to decrease the liability values. In 
addition new census data used for the Actuarial 
Valuation at 30 June 2017 was incorporated which 
reduced the benefit obligation by £5m.

BARBARA RICHMOND
Group Finance Director

3 September 2018

51

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Risk Management

HOW WE MANAGE RISK

OUR RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS

BOARD OVERSIGHT

MAIN BOARD

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Placemaking and 
Sustainability Committee

OPERATIONAL MEETINGS

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM

Divisional Boards

Functional Seminars

Team Meetings

POLICIES FOR IDENTIFYING AND CONTROLLING RISKS

Budgeting & Forecasting

Price & Sales Monitoring

Cost Reviews

Land Bank Management

PROCEDURES AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

I

P
O
L
I
C
E
S
A
N
D
D
E
C
S
O
N
S

I

I

Our Risk Assessment Process

Key Risk Management Objectives:

•  To ensure our approach to risk meets the needs of our business and its key stakeholders;

•  To effectively communicate our risks and define responsibilities in order to manage risk; and 

•  To continually evaluate and review the impacts of any potential new risks occurring within our business. 

Main Board

•    The ultimate responsibility for the effective management of the risks we face in order to achieve our strategic 

and financial objectives lies with the Main Board; 

•   Material risks and principal concerns are identified as part of our risk assessment framework, following a 

detailed review of the Company’s strategic objectives;

•   These headline risks are then approved by the Board to be included within our risk register;
•    The risk register is reviewed formally annually and updated for any new risks identified during our Risk 

Assessment processes; and 

•   It is also presented to the Audit Committee for final review and consideration to ensure that it is appropriate and 

reflects our business risks.

•   All identified high level risks are then further broken down into components and sub level risks to be considered at 

Operational Divisions

Business Policies and Procedures

Authorisation Processes

System Based Controls

the divisional level; 

Business Process Reviews

Site Completion Reviews

•  The probability and potential impact for each sub level risk is assessed by each Divisional Board; and
•  Internal controls are implemented to mitigate, control and continuously monitor these risks.

PEOPLE AND CULTURE

Professionalism

Clear Communication

Qualified Personnel

Pride and Achievement

Interests Aligned with Shareholders

Commitment to Training

BUSINESS RISKS

Risk Owners & Executive Management Team

•   Any new risks identified at divisional level are individually assessed and evaluated on their potential impact to 

the business and its likelihood of occurrence; 

•   These risks are then communicated to the Risk Owners who will use this assessment to inform their formal view 

on these risks; 

•   It is then the Risk Owners responsibility to ensure key preventive and detective controls are designed and 

implemented to address these risks and ensure their inclusion in our risk register; and

•   Group Policies and Procedures are updated to reflect any new or improved key controls or processes.

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

I

G
N
T
R
O
P
E
R
D
N
A
G
N
R
O
T
N
O
M

I

I

53

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Risk Management continued

Risk

Risk Owners

Key Controls and Mitigating Strategies

Risk Movement

Risk

Risk Owners

Key Controls and Mitigating Strategies

Risk Movement

Group Chief 
Executive

Housing Market 
The UK housing market 
conditions have a direct 
impact on our business 
performance. 

Economic uncertainty 
has increased with the 
lack of clarity over Brexit.

DEVELOPING 
THRIVING 
COMMUNITIES

Market conditions and trends are being 
closely monitored allowing management to 
identify and respond to any sudden 
changes or movements.

With underlying build costs continuing to 
rise and house price inflation moderating 
over the year we maintain tight controls on 
costs and continue to build our 
relationships with key suppliers and 
broaden our supplier base.

Weekly review of sales at Group,  
divisional and site level.

Ensuring strong relationships with lenders 
and valuers to ensure they recognise our 
premium product.

Ongoing and regular monitoring of 
Government policy and lobbying as 
appropriate.

Customer Service 
Failure of our customer 
service could lead to 
relative under 
performance of our 
business.

BUILDING 
RESPONSIBLY

Availability of  
Mortgage Finance 
Availability of mortgage 
finance and increased 
lending criteria 
requirements are key 
factors in the current 
environment. 

DEVELOPING 
THRIVING 
COMMUNITIES

Group  
Finance 
Director

Proactively engage with the Government, 
Lenders and Insurers to support the 
housing market.

Expert New Build Mortgage Specialists 
provide updates on and monitoring of 
regulatory change. 

Land Procurement
The ability to purchase 
land suitable for our 
products and the timing 
of future land purchases 
are fundamental to the 
Group’s future 
performance.

BUILDING 
RESPONSIBLY

Group 
Communications 
Director

My Redrow website to support our 
customers purchasing their new home.

Introduction of Hard Hat Tours for 
customers of their new home at an 
appropriate stage of production.

Regular review of our marketing and 
communications policy at both Group and 
divisional level. 

Risk has increased following the 
introduction of GDPR. We mitigate this by 
ensuring that we are fully compliant with 
the new GDPR regulations in our marketing 
activities by taking a proactive approach to 
GDPR with detailed project team defining 
and implementing new Policies & 
Procedures and training for staff. 

Group 
Development 
Director

Proactive monitoring of the market conditions 
to implement a clear defined strategy at both 
Group and divisional level.

Liquidity and Funding 
The Group requires 
appropriate facilities for 
its short-term liquidity 
and long-term funding.

Group  
Finance 
Director

BUILDING 
RESPONSIBLY

Suitable committed banking facilities with 
covenants and headroom. 

Regular communication with our investors 
and relationship banks, including visits to 
developments. 

Regular review of our banking covenants 
and capital structure.

Ensuring our future cash flow is sustainable 
through detailed budgeting process and 
reviews. 

Strong forecasting and budgeting process.

BUILDING 
RESPONSIBLY

Planning and Regulatory 
Environment
The inability to adapt to 
changes within the 
planning and regulatory 
environment could 
adversely impact on our 
ability to comply with 
regulatory requirements. 

Group 
Development 
Director

Group Human 
Resources 
Director

Group 
Company 
Secretary

Experienced and knowledgeable personnel 
in our land, planning and technical teams. 

Effective use of our Land Bank Management 
system to support the land acquisition 
process and monitor opportunities has led to 
the risk decreasing overall. 

Peer review by Legal Directors and use of 
third party legal resources for larger site 
acquisitions to reduce risk.

Close management and monitoring of 
planning expiry dates and CIL.

Well prepared planning submissions 
addressing local concern and deploying 
good design. 

Careful monitoring of the regulatory 
environment and regular communication of 
proposed changes across the Group 
through the Executive Management Team.

Proactive approach to the introduction of 
GDPR with a broad based project team 
defining and implementing new policies and 
procedures.

55

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
56 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Risk Management continued

Risk

Risk Owners

Key Controls and Mitigating Strategies

Risk Movement

Risk

Risk Owners

Key Controls and Mitigating Strategies

Risk Movement

Appropriateness  
of Product 
The failure to design and 
build a desirable product 
for our customers at the 
appropriate price may 
undermine our ability to 
fulfil our business 
objectives.

DEVELOPING 
THRIVING 
COMMUNITIES

Group Design 
and Technical 
Director

Regular review and product updates in 
response to the demand in the market and 
assessment of our customer needs.

Design focused on high quality build and 
flexibility to planning changes.

Regular site visits and implementation of 
product changes to respond to demands.

Group  
Human 
Resources 
Director

Attracting and 
Retaining Staff 
The loss of key staff and/
or our failure to attract 
high quality employees 
will inhibit our ability to 
achieve our business 
objectives.

VALUING 
PEOPLE

Group Health 
and Safety and 
Environmental 
Director

BUILDING 
RESPONSIBLY

Health and Safety/ 
Environment 
Instances of non-
compliance with Health 
& Safety standards and 
Environmental 
regulations could put our 
people and the 
environment at risk, 
ultimately damaging  
our reputation.

Increased levels of 
scrutiny of the 
housebuilding industry 
heightens the risk 
environment.

Personal Development Programmes 
supported by National training centres at 
three locations.

Graduate training, Undergraduate 
placements and Apprentice training 
programmes to aid succession planning.

Development of a bespoke housebuilding 
degree course in conjunction with Liverpool 
John Moores University and Coleg Cambria.

Remuneration strategy in order to attract 
and retain talent within the business is 
reviewed regularly and benchmarked.

Introduction of a new Engagement Team 
and development of a new internal 
communications platform in addition to 
annual employee survey to create 
framework for strong, two-way 
communication.

Dedicated restructured team operating across 
the Group to ensure compliance of 
appropriate Health and Safety standards. 

Separate focus on Assurance visits to site and 
proactive management support to develop 
planning and processes.

Internal and external training provided to all 
employees.

Divisional Construction (Design and 
Management) Regulation (CDM) inspections 
carried out to assess our compliance with our 
client duties under CDM.

Health and Safety discussion at both Group 
and divisional level board meetings.

CDM competency accreditation requirement 
as a minimum for contractor selection process.

57

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

BUILDING 
RESPONSIBLY

Group 
Commercial 
Director

Key Supplier or 
Subcontractor Failure 
The failure of a key 
component of our supply 
chain to perform due to 
financial failure or 
production issues could 
disrupt our ability to 
deliver our homes to 
programme and 
budgeted cost. 

BUILDING 
RESPONSIBLY

Chief 
Information 
Officer

Cyber Security 
Failure of the Group’s IT 
systems and the security 
of our internal systems, 
data and our websites 
can have significant 
impact to our business.

The introduction of 
GDPR has increased the 
requirements for the 
control of personal data.

Use of reputable supply chain partners with 
relevant experience and proven track record.

Monitoring of subcontract supply chain to 
maintain appropriate number for each trade 
to identify potential shortage in skilled 
trades in the near future.

Subcontractor utilisation on sites monitored 
to align workload and capacity.

Materials forecast issued to suppliers and 
reviewed regularly.

Group Monthly Product Development 
meetings to identify and monitor changes in 
the regulatory environment.

Communication of IT policy and procedures 
to all employees.

Regular systems back up and storage of 
data offsite. 

Internal IT security specialists. 

Use of third party entity to test the Group’s 
cyber security systems and other proactive 
approach for cyber security including Cyber 
Essentials Plus accreditation.

Compulsory GDPR and IT security online 
training to all employees within our 
business. 

Fraud/Uninsured Loss 
A significant fraud or 
uninsured loss could 
damage the financial 
performance of our 
business.

BUILDING 
RESPONSIBLY

Group 
Finance 
Director

Systems, policies and procedures in place 
which are designed to segregate duties and 
minimise any opportunity for fraud.

Regular Business Process Reviews 
undertaken to ensure compliance with 
procedure and policies followed by formal 
action plans.

Timely management reporting. 

Insurance strategy driven by business risks.

Fraud awareness training.

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
58 

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Risk Management continued

VIABILITY STATEMENT
In accordance with provision C2.2 of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2016, the Directors 
have assessed the prospects and viability of  
the Group.

The Group’s investment case, business model and 
strategy are key to understanding Redrow’s future 
prospects. The Directors’ assessment has made 
reference to our current position, our strategy, the 
potential impact of the principal risks facing the 
Group, and the Board’s appetite for risk which are 
to be found in this Report in the Strategic Report. 

The Group has committed banking facilities 
through to December 2022.

The Directors have selected a three year timeframe 
over which to assess the viability of the Group, from  
1 July 2018 to 30 June 2021. This timeframe was 
chosen as it corresponds with the Board’s three year 
planning horizon. On an annual basis, the Directors 
review the financial forecasts for the Group 
constructed using a detailed bottom up process 
incorporating assumptions about the timing of legal 
completions of new homes and land purchases, 
selling prices, profitability, working capital 

requirements and cash flows. The Group also uses  
a top down model to give another perspective.

The three year plan is stress tested for robust 
downside scenarios. This involves flexing key 
assumptions including the impact of reduced 
average selling prices, sales rates and land prices 
which could arise from a deterioration in housing 
market conditions and mortgage availability.

The Directors confirm that they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the three year period ending 30 June 2021.

STRATEGIC REPORT APPROVAL 
The Strategic Report outlined on pages 1 to 59 
has been approved by the Board.

By order of the Board

GRAHAM COPE
Company Secretary

3 September 2018

59

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

THE LOFTINGS, MAIDENHEAD

 
 
 
 
60 

ERSKINE PARK, WILTON, WILTSHIRE

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Corporate Governance Report

“The Board is committed to maintaining high standards of 
corporate governance and ensuring that the requisite 
mechanisms are in place to meet such standards.”

GRAHAM COPE 
Company 
Secretary

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
I am delighted to introduce the Corporate 
Governance report outlining the Company’s 
approach to corporate governance. As outlined 
elsewhere in the report, the Board remains 
committed to high standards of corporate 
governance. This report on corporate governance 
sets out and explains in clear terms the processes in 
place which are essential for delivery of long-term 
success, while ensuring that the Company complies 
with all applicable laws and regulations and, of 
course, meeting the requirements of our 
shareholders and their representative bodies.

We are reporting against the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (2016 version) (the “Code”) for this 
report. We welcomed the publication of the new UK 
Corporate Governance Code, released in July by the 
Financial Reporting Council (www.frc.org.uk).  
The renewed focus on long-term success and 
sustainability in the revised UK Corporate 
Governance Code is in direct alignment with the 
Company and the Group’s culture and we are 
pleased that it will help further raise the standards of 
corporate governance in the UK.

This report has been prepared and approved by the 
Board and, on behalf of the Board I confirm that 
during the financial year ended 30 June 2018, the 
Company applied the principles of, and was 
compliant with the provisions of the Code. This 
report also explains what the Board actually does 
and describes how it is responsible for setting the 
codes and values of the Company, thereby ensuring 
that the Company is run in the best interests of our 
shareholders and other stakeholders and how it 
interacts with its shareholders and explains the 
Company’s strategic goals and performance against 
them. 

Since the last report, Debbie Hewitt has indicated 
her intention to retire from the Board following the 
conclusion of the 2018 Annual General Meeting and 
she will step down as Chairman of the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committees and as a member of 
the Audit Committee at the same time. Following the 
close of the 2018 Annual General Meeting, Nick 
Hewson will be appointed as the Senior 
Independent Director and Chairman of the 
Nomination Committee and Vanda Murray will 
become Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.

In 2017, Steve Morgan indicated his decision to ease 
back from a full time Executive role towards a 
Non-Executive role. The role transition successfully 
took place in the financial year ended 30 June 2018, 
with Steve Morgan maintaining focus with the Board 
on strategic development of the business, the 
product and key important projects.

A number of Board meetings have been held in a 
number of the divisions during the year and have 
included open discussions with the Management 
Teams on such matters as land acquisition, sales 
outlets, sales and our product. Our 2018 Annual 
General Meeting will be held on Wednesday, 7 
November 2018 and the Notice of Annual General 
Meeting together with Explanatory Notes will be 
sent to you separately.

Finally on behalf of the Board, for those who wish to 
attend our 2018 Annual General Meeting, the Board 
looks forward to meeting with you.

GRAHAM COPE
Company Secretary 

61

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
62 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Board of Directors

Composition of  
the Board

Length of tenure of  
Non-Executive Directors

Main Board  
by Gender

Executive

Non-Executive 

Over three years

One to three years

Female

Male

63

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

4

M

1

6

5

3

2

M

1

3

8

2

7

M

4

M

5

M

A

N

R P

6

M

A

N

R

7 

M A N R P

8

M A N R

STEVE MORGAN (65)
CHAIRMAN

JOHN TUTTE (62)
GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE

BARBARA RICHMOND (58)
GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR

GRAHAM COPE (54)
COMPANY SECRETARY

SIR MICHAEL LYONS (68)
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

DEBBIE HEWITT (55)
SENIOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

NICK HEWSON (60)
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

VANDA MURRAY (57)
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Steve Morgan founded Redrow 
in 1974 and grew the business to 
become one of the UK’s leading 
home builders. He floated the 
Company in 1994 and stepped 
down as Chairman in November 
2000 to pursue other interests. 
Steve returned to Redrow in 
Spring 2009, once again taking 
over as Chairman. 

Steve is also Chairman of The 
Bridgemere Group of Companies, 
which includes leisure, aviation 
and overseas property interests.

In 2001, he set up The Steve 
Morgan Foundation, which is now 
one of the largest charitable trusts 
in the UK.

Steve has been awarded five 
Honorary Doctorates/Degrees. 
He was awarded the OBE in 1992 
for services to the construction 
industry and the CBE in 2016 for 
philanthropy.

John Tutte joined the Board 
of Redrow in July 2002. In 
September 2009 he was 
promoted to Group Managing 
Director and in July 2014 became 
Group Chief Executive.

John qualified in civil engineering 
and has amassed more than 40 
years’ experience within the 
industry, having previously held 
the position as Chief Executive of 
Wilson Connolly plc.

John was appointed to the board 
of the Home Builders Federation 
in February 2015. He is also a 
Chairman of the Home Building 
Skills Partnership – an initiative 
between the HBF and CITB 
to attract and develop a more 
diverse skilled workforce for the 
industry and its supply chain.

Barbara Richmond joined the 
Board of Redrow in January 
2010, bringing with her a proven 
track record, with over 20 years’ 
experience as Group Finance 
Director at a number of UK listed 
companies including Inchcape 
plc, Croda International PLC and 
Whessoe plc.

She has a strong background in 
both manufacturing and retail 
as well as having completed a 
number of major acquisitions and 
disposals throughout her career.

Barbara was appointed a Non-
Executive Director of Lonza Group 
Ltd with effect from 16 April 2014.

Barbara is a Fellow of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants 
in England and Wales and a 
graduate of the University of 
Manchester.

Graham Cope joined Redrow as 
Head of Legal in November 2002 
and was appointed Company 
Secretary two months later. He 
is Company Secretary to the 
Main Board and Secretary to all 
Committees. 

Graham has over 25 years’ 
experience in the housebuilding 
sector, either working in-house or 
for clients in private practice.

Graham qualified as a solicitor in 
1989 and is a member of the Law 
Society.

Sir Michael joined the Redrow 
Board in January 2015. He 
recently chaired the Lyons 
Housing Commission to produce 
a road map for increasing house 
building in this country.

He is also Chairman of the English 
Cities Fund, which undertakes 
large scale urban regeneration 
schemes in a number of places 
and is Chairman of SQW Group 
and a strategic adviser to CBRE.

Prior to this, following a long 
and distinguished career in 
local government, Sir Michael 
completed a four year term as 
Chairman of the BBC and has 
held a range of non-executive 
positions across the three sectors.

Debbie joined the Redrow Board 
in August 2009. She has a wealth 
of board experience in executive 
and non-executive roles.

She is currently the Non-
Executive Chairman of Moss Bros 
Group plc, The Restaurant Group 
plc, BGL Group, Visa Europe 
Limited and White Stuff.

She also holds a Non-Executive 
Director role in Domestic & 
General.

Debbie has an MBA from Bath 
University, is a fellow of the 
Chartered Institute of Personnel 
and Development and was 
awarded an MBE in 2011 for 
services to business and the 
public sector.

Nick joined the Redrow Board 
in December 2012. His business 
career to date has been spent 
mainly in the property industry, 
from commercial to residential.

Nick is a Non-Executive Chairman 
of Supermarket Income REIT plc 
and a Non-Executive Director of 
Croma Security Solutions Group 
Plc.

Nick is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England 
and Wales and has a degree in 
Law from Cambridge University.

BOARD EXPERIENCE:

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP:

Finance

Property

Operational 

Sustainability

M

A

N

R

P

Main Board 

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee 

Remuneration Committee

Placemaking and Sustainability Committee

The Board appointed Vanda 
Murray with effect from  
1 August 2017. Vanda has 
substantial Non-Executive 
Director and Remuneration 
Committee experience.

She was appointed Non-
Executive Chair of Marshalls plc 
in May 2018 and holds Non-
Executive roles with Bunzl plc, 
where she is Senior Independent 
Director, Manchester Airports 
Holdings Limited and Just 
Childcare Holdings Limited. 
Vanda is also Pro-Chancellor and 
Chair of Governors at Manchester 
Metropolitan University.

Vanda has a BA (Hons) in 
European Business Administration 
and a French Business Diploma 
completed at Neoma Business 
School in Reims. She is a Fellow 
of the Chartered Institute of 
Marketing.

Vanda was awarded an OBE in 
2001 for services to business and 
to exports.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
64 

GOVERNANCE REPORT 
Corporate Governance Report continued

REDROW GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE

Main Board

NON -EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

NON -EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Responsible for leading the Board and 

Responsible for day-to-day operation 

Responsible for providing constructive 

ensuring its effectiveness with a key 

of the business and performance of 

challenge and helping to develop

focus of the strategic development of

the Company.

proposals on strategy.

the business.

SENIOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

Board Committees

K
O
O
B
D
N
A
H
W
O
R
D
E
R

E
C
N
E
R
E
F
E
R
F
O
S
M
R
E
T

L
A
U
N
A
M
S
E
R
U
D
E
C
O
R
P
D
N
A
Y
C
I
L
O
P

AUDIT

NOMINATION

Provides independent scrutiny of the Company’s financial 

Identifies and makes recommendations concerning the 

and non-financial performance, risks and audit functions.

composition of the Board and that of its Committees.

PLACEMAKING AND SUSTAINABILITY

REMUNERATION

Promotes high environmental and placemaking standards in 

Aims to attract and retain good management and to 

line with our three key principles: Thriving Communities, 

incentivise them to create shareholder value.

Building Responsibly and Valuing People.

Executive Management Team

GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE

GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR

Responsible for the operational management of the Group, 

Responsible for the financial management of the Group in its 

the implementing of strategic plans and reporting to the 

broadest sense and maintaining effective communications 

Board on these matters.

with shareholders.

GROUP COMPANY SECRETARY

REGIONAL CHIEF EXECUTIVES

Responsible for governance structures and mechanisms, 

Responsible for the operational management of divisions 

corporate conduct and is the primary source of advice on the 

within their assigned locations and reporting to the Group 

conduct of the business.

Chief Executive on this.

GROUP DEVELOPMENT DIRECTOR

GROUP HR DIRECTOR

Chairman of Harrow Estates plc and responsible for the 

strategic management of the Group’s land holdings.

Responsible for implementing the strategy on people, 

ensuring that the management of talent and culture is  

aligned with the Group’s longer-term goals.

GROUP SALES & MARKETING DIRECTOR

GROUP COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTOR

Responsible for the marketing and sales strategy and 

Responsible for developing the Group’s reputation via 

implementation across the Group and all Redrow brands.

strategic communications and customer services.

DIVISIONS

GROUP

Build   |   Commercial   |   Customer Services 
Finance   |   Land   |   Sales   |   Technical

Commercial   |   Finance   |   H&S   |   HR   |   IT
Legal   |   Marketing   |   Technical   |   Sustainability

Our 14 Homes divisions are comprised of the above 

The above departments support the divisions to contribute to 

departments which work together to deliver the 

the successful operation of the business.

Group’s strategy.

INTRODUCTION 
This report sets out the Company’s compliance with 
the Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council 
and describes how the governance framework is 
applied by the Company.

The Directors have considered the contents and 
requirements of the Code and confirm that 
throughout the year ended 30 June 2018 the 
Company has been compliant with the provisions of 
the Code.

The governance structure is set out in the diagram 
opposite.

THE BOARD
The Board comprises a Non-Executive Chairman, 
two Executive Directors and four Independent 
Non-Executive Directors, one of which acts as the 
Senior Independent Director.

The Chairman and Group Chief Executive

The Company has separate roles for the Chairman 
and Group Chief Executive, ensuring that there is a 
clear division of responsibilities at the head of the 
Company between the running of the Board and the 
operational responsibility for the running of the 
Company’s business, as required by the Code. 

The division of responsibility and accountability 
between the roles is well defined and using such a 
balanced approach ensures that no one individual 
has unfettered powers of decision. 

Steve Morgan, as Chairman, is primarily responsible 
for:

•  leading the Board to ensure optimum 

effectiveness;

•  encouraging a culture of openness and debate;

•  taking a leading role in determining the Board’s 

composition and structure;

•  ensuring that effective communications are 

maintained with shareholders; and

•  meeting with the Non-Executive Directors without 
the presence of the Executive Management Team.

John Tutte, as Group Chief Executive, is responsible 
for:

•   operational management of the Group;

•   implementing strategic plans with the assistance 

of the Executive Management Team;

•   ensuring that the visions and values of the 

Company are properly communicated across  
the Group; and

•  reporting on these to the Board.

The Senior Independent Director

Debbie Hewitt was appointed as the Senior 
Independent Director on 1 September 2014. Debbie 
will retire from the Board at the close of the Annual 
General Meeting on 7 November 2018 and will be 
succeeded in her position as Senior Independent 
Director by Nick Hewson. 

Nick has a wealth of experience as a Non-Executive 
Director and, having been on the Board since 2012, 
has a good understanding of the business thereby 
making him best placed to succeed Debbie in her 
position as Senior Independent Director. 

The following additional responsibilities fall within 
the remit of the Senior Independent Director: 

•   acting as a sounding board for the Chairman and 
supporting him in ensuring the Board is effective 
and that constructive relations are maintained;

•   being available to shareholders in order to 

understand their issues and concerns in order to 
relay to the Board; and

•   leading the evaluation of the performance of the 

Chairman and obtaining views from other 
Directors.

Non-Executive Directors

The role of the Non-Executive Directors within the 
Company is essential in order to view the Group 
objectively and provide constructive challenge to 
the Executive Directors and scrutinise performance. 
They have a good understanding of the business 
and bring a range of skills and experience to the 
discussions of the boardroom. The diversity and 
skills brought into the Company by the Non-
Executive Directors is crucial to developing the 
strategy of the Group. 

The Non-Executive Directors play a vital role in 
occupying seats on the Board’s Committees and 
they are positioned in such way that the Committees 
benefit from their expertise and background. 

The Company Secretary

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the 
Board and its Committees and his appointment and 
removal is a matter for the Board as a whole. The 
Company Secretary is a Member of the Executive 
Management Team and all Directors have access to 
his advice and services. In certain circumstances, 
Board Committees and individual Directors may 
wish to take independent professional advice in 
connection with their responsibilities and duties, 
and, in this regard, the Company will meet the 
reasonable costs and expenses incurred and the 
Company Secretary will assist in arranging such 
advice.

65

I
I

S
S
T
T
R
R
A
A
T
T
E
E
G
G
C
C
R
R
E
E
P
P
O
O
R
R
T
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66 

GOVERNANCE REPORT 
Corporate Governance Report continued

DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ INSURANCE
The Company has directors’ and officers’ insurance 
in place which insures Directors against certain 
liabilities, including legal costs.

APPOINTMENTS AND RE-ELECTIONS TO 
THE BOARD
The appointments of the Non-Executive Directors 
are generally made for three-year terms. Following 
the assessment on the effectiveness of the 
Directors, the Nomination Committee will make 
recommendations to the Board on re-appointments. 

The Nomination Committee has recommended the 
re-appointment of each of the Executive Directors 
and Non-Executive Directors, save for Debbie 
Hewitt, who has indicated her intention to retire 
from the Board. The Nomination Committee report 
can be found on pages 76 and 77.

Under the Company’s Articles of Association, all 
Directors are subject to re-election at their first 
General meeting after appointment. Debbie Hewitt 
completed nine years as a Non-Executive Director 
of the Company on 19 August 2018 and will 
therefore not be submitting herself for re-election. 
Debbie will retire from the Board following the close 
of the 2018 Annual General Meeting. 

The Board is not seeking to appoint an additional 
Non-Executive Director to replace Debbie Hewitt as 
they believe that the resultant balance of Non-
Executive and Executive Directors remains effective 
and contains the appropriate mix of skills and 
experience for the Board to remain successful. The 
composition of the Board will remain compliant with 
principle B.1.2 of the Code following the change as 
the ratio of Independent Non-Executive Directors to 
Executive Directors, excluding the Chairman, will be 
3:2 (60%). 

The Board having been informed of the conditions 
of the Code on election and re-election, including 
that there should be a formal, rigorous and 
transparent procedure for the appointment of new 
directors to the Board, and that re-election is 
subject to continued satisfactory performance, has 
decided that all Directors, with the exception of 
Debbie Hewitt for the reasons outlined above, will 
be submitting themselves for re-election at the 
Annual General Meeting.

APPOINTMENTS TO EXTERNAL BOARDS
Prior to Executive Directors and Non-Executive 
Directors taking on any additional responsibility 
outside of the Group, an assessment is undertaken to 
determine whether this will compromise their ability to 
commit sufficient time to the Company to properly 
discharge their responsibilities or create any potential 
conflicts. In making the assessment, the Board 
considers the mandates attributable to such positions, 
in line with the scoring mechanism used by Institutional 
Shareholder Services, to determine whether a person 
is overboarded. The Board does not consider that any 
of its Directors are overboarded and is satisfied that 
sufficient time and energy is devoted to the Company 
by each Director. 

ROLE OF THE BOARD 
The Board is responsible for putting in place the 
strategic plans for the Group and providing the 
leadership required in order to achieve its vision 
and goals. 

There are matters which the Board delegate to 
Committees, the Executive Management Team and 
other relevant management bodies in order to 
ensure that the Group is operating efficiently and 
effectively. 

In order to ensure that the Board fulfil their statutory 
duties as Directors, there is a formal schedule of 
matters reserved specifically for the Board’s 
decisions. The matters reserved include:

•   approval of the Group’s long-term objectives and 

strategy;

•   approval of the Annual Report, preliminary and 
half-yearly financial statements, trading updates 
and the recommendation of dividends;

•   approval of any significant changes in accounting 

policies or practices; any changes relating to 
capital structure and approval of treasury policies;

•   ensuring the maintenance of a sound system of 

internal control and risk management;

•  assessing the prospects and viability of the Group;

•   approval of corporate acquisitions or disposals, 

significant land purchases or contracts;

•   changes to the size, structure and composition of 

the Board;

The Board has satisfied itself that all Directors who 
will be submitting themselves for re-election 
continue to perform satisfactorily. Details of 
appropriate Annual General Meeting Resolutions 
will be found in the Notice of Annual General 
Meeting which will be sent to shareholders 
separately.

•   approval of significant policies, including the 

Group’s Health and Safety policy;

•   review of overall corporate governance 

arrangements; and

•   appointment and removal of the Company 

Secretary. 

Long-term performance and shareholder value relies 
on high quality corporate governance and the Board 
is responsible for maintaining strong governance 
practices and regularly reviewing the Group’s 
governance structure as illustrated on page 64.

BOARD MEETINGS 
The Board meets regularly and frequently, not less 
than six times during the year and maintains a close 
dialogue, as appropriate, between meetings. Board 
meetings are held at Head Office or divisional 
offices when visits are frequently made to a 
selection of developments accompanied by the 
local Management Team. Board papers are 
distributed sufficiently in advance of the meetings to 
allow adequate time for review to enable informed 
debate and challenge at meetings and include key 
strategic, operational and financial information. 

Where a Director is unable to attend a meeting, they 
are encouraged to discuss any issues arising with 
the Chairman or Group Chief Executive as 
appropriate. If a Director has a concern about the 
running of the business, the minutes should 
accurately reflect this. Should any Director resign 
from their position as a result of unresolved 
concerns in the Company, they are requested to 
submit a written statement to the Chairman outlining 
their concerns for circulation to the Board. There 
were no statements received of this nature for the 
year ended 30 June 2018.

Attendance by individual Directors at Board 
meetings is set out below.

BOARD BALANCE AND INDEPENDENCE 
The Board considers that it is of a size and has a 
balance of skills, knowledge and experience that is 
appropriate for its business. The Executive 
Management Team provides the Board with an 

appropriate view of the detail of the business and 
the benefit of their significant collective experience 
of the UK house building industry and that enables it 
to discharge their respective duties and 
responsibilities effectively. The Non-Executive 
Directors bring a wealth of experience and 
understanding from outside the Company which 
enables them to challenge and help develop 
proposals on the Company’s strategy. All Non-
Executive Directors holding office during the year 
ended 30 June 2018, other than Steve Morgan, are 
considered to be independent.

Details of the Directors’ respective experience is set 
out in their biographical profiles on pages 62 to 63.

Under the Code, at least half the Board, excluding a 
Non-Executive Chairman, should comprise Non-
Executive Directors determined by the Board to be 
independent. The Board currently comprises one 
Non-Executive Chairman, two Executive Directors 
and four Independent Non-Executive Directors in 
compliance with the Code.

RELATIONSHIP AGREEMENT 
The Company is party to a Relationship Agreement 
with Bridgemere Securities Limited and Steve 
Morgan, which regulates the relationship between 
the parties and complies with the requirements of 
the Listing Rules, including Listing Rule 9.2.2AR(2)(a) 
and Listing Rule 6.1.4DR. In accordance with the 
requirements of Listing Rule 9.8.4R(14), the Board 
confirms that the Company complied with the 
independence provisions set out in the Relationship 
Agreement during the period under review, and, so 
far as the Company is aware, Bridgemere Securities 
Limited, Steve Morgan and their associates 
complied with the independence provisions set out 
in the Relationship Agreement during the period 
under review.

TABLE OF ATTENDANCE

Name

Steve Morgan 

John Tutte 

Role

Chairman 

Group Chief Executive

Barbara Richmond

Group Finance Director

Debbie Hewitt

Nick Hewson

Senior Independent Director

Non-Executive Director

Sir Michael Lyons

Non-Executive Director

Vanda Murray

Non-Executive Director

Attendance at Meetings 

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

All details for the Directors are provided on pages 62 to 63.

Details of internal control and risk management processes are included in the Audit Committee report on pages 72 to 73.

67

I
I

S
S
T
T
R
R
A
A
T
T
E
E
G
G
C
C
R
R
E
E
P
P
O
O
R
R
T
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
 
68 

GOVERNANCE REPORT 
Corporate Governance Report continued

BOARD PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 
The Board undertook an internal formal evaluation 
of its own performance, and the performance of 
each of its Committees, during the year ended  
30 June 2018. This started with a questionnaire 
designed to assess performance and ongoing 
effectiveness across key areas in the year ended  
30 June 2018 and to maintain visibility and progress 
during the financial year. Following the completion 
of the questionnaires, a report was presented to the 
Board and discussed. The main observations from 
the evaluation were:

•  the appropriateness of the timings and number of 

meetings and active contribution from Board 
members were rated very highly; 

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
The Board recognises that a structured appraisal 
process and good training are important 
requirements across the Group. The Board receives 
regular presentations and briefings from those 
responsible for key Group disciplines. In addition, 
the Board maintains close working relationships 
with divisional Management Teams.

All Directors undertake a comprehensive induction 
programme following their first appointment.

The programme for the Non-Executive Directors is 
specifically designed to encompass the full breadth 
of the business and includes visits to operating 
businesses.

•   the Committees of the Board were deemed to be 
operating effectively and within their Terms of 
Reference;

During the year the formal appraisals of the Group 
Chief Executive and the Group Finance Director 
were undertaken by the Chairman.

•   there was unanimous agreement that the Board 
was appropriately made up of individuals from a 
diversity of gender, background and 
psychological type as well as having an 
appropriate mix of skills and knowledge; and

•   the Board members were highly satisfied that 

there was a clear linkage between remuneration 
offered to the Directors and strategy, risks and 
performance of the Company.

The evaluation also identified the following areas for 
improvement which will continue to be addressed 
over the coming year: 

•   continued focus on the longer-term strategic 
objectives of the Group to allow constructive 
challenge by the Non-Executive Directors; 

•   further consideration to be made to the longer-
term succession planning of the Executive 
Management Team, although it was 
acknowledged that good progress had been 
made; and

•   scope for a more rigorous evaluation of 

performance. 

As a result, the Board considers that it continues to 
operate effectively with meetings to facilitate and 
debate decision making. 

The evaluation also considered succession planning 
for the Executive Management Team and the 
Non-Executive Directors.

All Non-Executive Directors had an annual appraisal 
conducted by the Senior Independent Director.

COMMITTEES
The Board is supported by Audit, Nomination, 
Remuneration and Placemaking and Sustainability 
Committees and their memberships, roles and 
activities are set out in separate reports; the Audit 
Committee report can be found on pages 70 to 75; 
the Nomination Committee report on pages 76 to 
77; the Remuneration Committee report on pages 
80 to 95 and the Placemaking and Sustainability 
Committee report can be found on pages 78 to 79.

Each Committee has Terms of Reference approved 
by the Board and the minutes of the Committee 
meetings are circulated, and the Committee 
Chairmen provide reports, to the Board.

The Audit Committee is chaired by Nick Hewson, 
the Remuneration and the Nomination Committees 
are chaired by Debbie Hewitt and the Placemaking 
and Sustainability Committee is chaired by Sir 
Michael Lyons. Following Debbie’s retirement at the 
2018 Annual General Meeting, she will be 
succeeded by Vanda Murray as Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee and Nick Hewson as 
Chairman of the Nomination Committee. 

The Board completed a performance evaluation of 
each of its Committees during the financial year 
ended 30 June 2018. The evaluation reports were 
discussed at a meeting of the Committees and it 
was concluded that they were contributing and 
functioning effectively and were complying with 
their Terms of Reference.

CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The information of the capital structure of the 
Company is included in the Directors’ Report on 
page 98.

DIVERSITY 
The principle of boardroom diversity is strongly 
supported by the Board. It is the Board’s policy that 
appointments to the Board will always be based on 
merit, so that the Board has the right individuals in 
place, and recognises that diversity is an important 
consideration as part of the selective criteria used 
to assess candidates to achieve a balanced Board.

The table below sets out the current position of the 
Company on a gender basis.

Main Board

Executive  
Management Team

Female

Male

3 (43%)

4 (57%)

2 (22%)

7 (78%)

Direct reports to Executive 
Management Team

10 (29%)

25 (71%)

  Redrow employees  
at June 2018

764 (33%)

1,518 (67%)

SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
The Company announces its financial results 
half-yearly, and, immediately following their 
publication, undertakes formal presentations to 
equity analysts. These presentations are available on 
the Company’s website.

During the year ended 30 June 2018, the Chairman, 
the Group Chief Executive and the Group Finance 
Director, together with the Senior Independent 
Director, also held a number of meetings with 
significant shareholders and subsequently briefed 
the Board on issues discussed at these meetings.

Following the full year and half-yearly results’ 
announcement in September 2017 and February 
2018, the Group Chief Executive and the Group 
Finance Director met current and potential significant 
shareholders. This included visits to London and the 
United States of America and feedback from these 
meetings was independently collated and 
disseminated to the Board.

Last year the Annual General Meeting took place at a 
venue close to the Company’s Head Office. All 
Directors attended the Annual General Meeting on 9 
November 2017. Shareholders are encouraged to 
attend the 2018 Annual General Meeting, which 
presents an opportunity for all shareholders 
attending to ask questions formally during the 
meeting and informally afterwards to the Directors.

Formal notification of the 2018 Annual General 
Meeting is sent to Shareholders at least 21 working 
days in advance.

The Company’s website, www.redrowplc.co.uk, gives 
access to current financial and corporate information.

GRAHAM COPE
Company Secretary 

3 September 2018

69

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
70 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Audit Committee Report

“The Committee is responsible for providing independent scrutiny of the 
Group’s financial and non-financial performance, internal control process 
and external Auditors.”

NICK HEWSON 
Chairman of the 
Audit Committee

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP AND MEETINGS
The four Members of the Committee are Independent 
Non-Executive Directors. Nick Hewson is Chairman of 
the Committee and is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. 
Biographies of the Members of the Committee can be 
found on pages 62 to 63.

The Board believes that Nick Hewson has the 
requisite financial qualifications and experience to 
chair the Committee and the balance of the 
Committee has the appropriate level of experience to 
fulfil its Terms of Reference and the requirements of 
the Code.

separately with the external Auditors and Internal 
Audit following the final audit and the review of the 
year ended 30 June 2018 financial statements.  
No matters of concern were raised within these 
discussions. The Committee Chairman also met with 
the Engagement Partner of the external Auditors 
and the Chief Information Officer to discuss Internal 
Audit matters. The Group Company Secretary acts 
as Secretary to the Committee.

RESPONSIBILITIES AND TERMS  
OF REFERENCE
The key responsibilities of the Committee are:

•  monitoring the timeliness and integrity of the 

Vanda Murray joined as a Member of the Committee 
following her appointment to the Board on 1 August 
2017. Liz Peace retired as a Member of the Board and 
the Committee with effect from 31 August 2017.

financial statements of the accompanying reports 
to the shareholders and Corporate Governance 
Statements including reviewing the findings of 
external Auditors;

The Group Finance Director and Finance Director – 
Group Services attend meetings by invitation and both 
were present at all the meetings in the year ended 30 
June 2018. The external Auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”), and the Chief 
Information Officer who had the responsibility for 
Internal Audit of the Company, were also in attendance 
at all meetings.

Table of Attendance

Name

Role 

Nick Hewson 

Chairman

Debbie Hewitt

Member

Sir Michael Lyons

Member

Vanda Murray

Liz Peace*

Member

Member

Attendance  
at Meetings 

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

0/0

* 

 There were no meetings held between 1 July 2017 and  
31 August 2017, being the date which Liz Peace retired as  
a Member of the Committee. 

The Committee met three times in the year ended 
30 June 2018 and a summary of the principal 
activities of the Committee are listed below.

Detailed papers and information were circulated 
sufficiently in advance of meetings to allow proper 
consideration of the matters for discussion. The 
Committee has also had the opportunity to meet 

•   reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of 
systems for internal control, financial reporting 
and risk management having regard to the 
long-term prospects and viability of the Company;

•   reviewing and overseeing the effectiveness of 

Internal Audit;

•   making recommendations to the Board in relation 

to the appointment and removal of external 
Auditors and approving the remuneration and 
terms of engagement;

•   determining the criteria used in order to assess 

the quality of the external audit and reporting on 
any significant issues considered in relation to the 
financial statements;

•   reviewing and monitoring the external Audit 

process and independent activity of the Auditors 
as well as the nature and scope of the external 
Audit and its effectiveness;

•   reviewing the Company’s procedures for 

detecting fraud and the adequacy of its systems 
and controls for the prevention of bribery;

•   reviewing the Company’s procedures for data 

management and cyber resilience;

•   reviewing the Company’s procedures and 

controls for the prevention of tax evasion and the 
facilitation of tax evasion; and

•   reviewing the Company’s procedures for raising 

concerns.

The Committee’s Terms of Reference are available 
on the Company’s website (www.redrowplc.co.uk).

71

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORTING ON SIGNIFICANT ISSUES
The primary areas of judgement and estimation uncertainty which were considered by the Committee and how these were 
addressed is set out below.

The Group Finance Director and Finance Director – Group Services attend meetings by invitation to answer any questions the 
Committee may have. The Committee also annually reviews the internal controls that are in place and reviews the findings of 
PwC’s testing of controls and processes for estimating as well as the adequacy of disclosures that management propose to be 
made in financial statements.

VALUATION OF INVENTORY
The Committee receives a paper prepared by management at each reporting date outlining the approach taken by 
management to assess the net realisable value of inventories together with details of sites with significant areas of judgement 
and any forward land against which provisions have been made.

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION SCHEME VALUATION
The Committee receives details of the IAS 19R – Employee Benefits valuations carried out at each reporting date for management 
by the actuary who advises the Company and the underlying assumptions. A sensitivity analysis is also provided for its 
consideration. The Committee also receives details of the triennial independent scheme valuation report prepared by the Scheme 
Actuary and reviews key judgement areas made including relevant actuarial advice that has been received. In addition the 
Committee also reviews PwC’s report benchmarking pension actuarial assumptions. The Scheme was in surplus as at 30 June 2018.

MAIN ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR 
The Committee followed a programme which is structured around the annual reporting cycle and received reports from Internal 
Audit, the external Audit and management.

The principal activities undertaken were as follows:

September 2017 A review of the full year 2017 results including the Annual Report and a report from the external Auditors; 

Consideration of the Group risk assessment process, viability statement and a going concern review;

An update on cyber security and attaining Cyber Essentials Plus; and

A review of the Company’s policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the General Data Protection 
Regulation 2018.

February 2018

June 2018

A review of the 2018 half-yearly accounts and going concern including a report from the external Auditors;
A review of the Terms of Reference of the Committee;
A review of the proposed external Audit strategy for 2018 and associated fees;
A review of the effectiveness of the external Audit process;
A review of the independence and objectivity of the external Auditors;
A review of the Committee’s effectiveness;
A further update on cyber security; and
A report on the changes made to ensure that the Company would be compliant under the General Data 
Protection Regulation 2018.

A review of the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting policies;
A review of the Risk Register;
A review of the Group’s Whistleblowing Policy;
A review of the Group’s Anti-Bribery Policy;
The adoption of the Group’s Anti-Facilitation of Tax Evasion Policy; 
A review of internal controls across the whole business; 
An update on Internal Audit, its strategy and a review of the Internal Audit timetable for 2019;
A review on the independence and objectivity of the external Auditors;
Further discussions regarding the future tendering of the external Audit in compliance with the Order of the 
Competition and Markets Authority;
Undertook a Performance Evaluation of the Committee; and
An update on cyber security and compliance with the General Data Protection Regulation 2018.

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

September 2018 A review of the full year 2018 results, including the Annual Report and a report from the external Auditors;
Consideration of the Group risk assessment process, viability statement and a going concern review; and

Tender process for the appointment of new Auditors, strategy and timetable discussed and agreed.

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
72 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Audit Committee Report continued

AUDIT INDEPENDENCE
PwC were appointed Auditors in 1999 following their 
merger with Coopers & Lybrand who were appointed in 
1987. The current Audit Partner from PwC commenced 
his tenure following the conclusion of the year ended 
30 June 2015 audit.

Whilst the Company is satisfied that the auditors remain 
independent, it recognises the Order of the 
Competition and Markets Authority in relation to FTSE 
350 companies which will require the Company to 
change its statutory auditor for the June 2020 audit at 
the latest. 

Due to the length of time that PwC have been the 
Company’s Auditors, the Committee considers that it is 
in the best interests of the Company to undertake a 
tender of the external Audit. As a result, the Committee 
has had further discussions regarding its future policy, 
strategy and timing for tendering of the external Audit.

The Company has commenced a tender process for the 
appointment of new Auditors. The tender process will 
be supervised by the Committee, who will then make a 
recommendation to the Board on the appointment of 
the replacement Auditor. Following the appointment, an 
announcement will be made. 

In the meantime, the Company will be proposing the 
re-appointment of its current Auditor at the 2018 Annual 
General meeting.

The Committee confirms that there were no contractual 
obligations that acted to restrict the Committee’s choice 
of external Auditors.

The Committee has a formal policy in respect of the 
work of the external Auditors. The purpose of this policy 
is to ensure that the Auditor’s objectivity and 
independence is maintained by ensuring both that the 
nature of any non-audit work undertaken and the level 
of fees paid does not compromise the Auditor’s 
position.

Appointments in respect of non-audit work require the 
prior approval of the Committee within an established 
budget. In addition, no work can be undertaken by the 
external Auditors in any area where there is any 
identifiable risk that the work of an individual within the 
external Audit firm or the external Audit firm generally 
could conflict or compromise the quality, objectivity or 
independence of any audit or compliance work 
undertaken for the Group.

The external Auditors are not indemnified by the 
Company nor has the Company purchased liability 
insurance for them.

Details of fees paid to PwC for audit and non-audit 
purposes are disclosed on page 119.

INTERNAL CONTROLS
The Board of Directors recognises its overall 
responsibility for the Group’s system of internal 
control and for monitoring its effectiveness. There is 
an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and 
managing significant risks. However, in reviewing the 
effectiveness of internal control, any internal control 
system can only provide reasonable but not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement or loss.

Key business activities, including finance, land 
acquisition, product design, and procurement and 
information technology are controlled by the 
Executive Directors. All activity is organised within a 
defined structure with formal lines of responsibility, 
designated authority levels and a structured 
reporting framework. A formalised reporting structure 
is established within the Group. The Executive 
Directors, the Group Company Secretary, Regional 
Chief Executives, Group Human Resources Director, 
Group Sales and Marketing Director, Group 
Communications Director and Group Development 
Director (“the Executive Management Team”) meet 
monthly to discuss the Group’s key issues, risks and 
opportunities. The divisions also hold monthly board 
meetings which are attended on a rotational basis by 
the Executive Directors.

The key features of the Group’s internal controls are 
as follows:

•   defined authorisation levels exist over key areas 
such as land purchase, the placing of orders and 
contracts and staff recruitment;

•   a comprehensive prioritised Risk Register which is 
regularly reviewed and presented to the Audit 
Committee;

•   the Group’s management information systems 
provide weekly updates on key statistics and 
information in respect of sales and production 
and the content of these weekly reports is 
regularly reviewed to ensure it remains 
appropriate;

•   the Group has an in-house Health and Safety 
department and places great emphasis on the 
importance of health and safety and environment 
management. The department works closely with 
the divisions to ensure that training is provided to 
employees and subcontractors. Best practice is 
shared and appropriate actions are taken to 
comply with health and safety best practice and 
legislation throughout the organisation;

•   the Board requires each Director in its operating 
divisions to complete an annual statement on 
Corporate Governance and related party 
transactions. The statement is designed to 

provide assurance that Group policies and 
procedures are being implemented and complied 
with in all material respects;

•   in addition, key functional Directors complete a 

Principal Controls Self-Assessment Questionnaire 
which is reviewed by the Board to assist in 
improvements in the control framework;

•   a weekly business report (WBR) comprising sales 
funnel information, gross margins and order book 
is produced for the Group, each division and each 
site and circulated across the Group;

•   a monthly reporting pack is circulated in advance 
and reviewed at each of the Main, Executive and 
divisional Board meetings. Annual budgets are 
set, with actual performance compared against 
the annual budget;

•   preparation and regular updates of Strategic 

Plans;

•   a policy and procedures manual which covers all 
the significant aspects of the Group’s operations 
and describes the systems and controls that are 
to be applied; and

•   daily statements of a reconciled cash position 
identifying significant payments are prepared, 
rolling cash flow forecasts are prepared and 
forecast banking covenant compliance are tested.

Throughout the year, the Committee has carried out 
assessments of internal control by considering 
documentation from the Executive Directors and the 
internal audit function as well as taking into 
consideration events since the year end. The 
internal controls extended to the financial reporting 
process and the preparation of consolidated 
accounts. The basis for the preparation of 
consolidated accounts has been undertaken in 
accordance with the Company’s Accounting policies 
as set out on pages 114 to 118.

The Committee therefore confirms that it is satisfied 
that the system of controls has been in operation 
throughout the financial year and up to the date of 
this report.

RISK REGISTER
The Group formally reviews its prioritised Risk 
Register every year. The updated and reviewed Risk 
Register is then discussed and approved by the 
Committee. In addition, the Executive Management 
Team, through its regular meetings, reviews key 
areas of risk on an ongoing basis and considers 
whether the internal controls identified in relation to 
those risks remain appropriate. 

INSURANCE
The Board has appointed an experienced broker to 
advise on and co-ordinate all insurance matters 
across the Group and they liaise closely with 
appropriate Group personnel at Head Office and 
within the divisions and report directly to the Group 
Finance Director.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL AUDIT
The Group’s Risk Register defines controls as prevent 
or detect and identifies owners for each high level 
risk. Feedback on the risks and controls is actively 
encouraged and is facilitated by links on the Group’s 
intranet to ensure the risks listed remain relevant and 
accurate. The Register itself is regularly maintained 
and is reviewed by the Committee annually.

The Internal Audit strategy is discussed with PwC and 
discussed and agreed with the Committee. 
Suggested control improvements and any control 
weaknesses identified are followed up as 
appropriate. The cornerstone of the Internal Audit 
work undertaken is the Business Process Review, a 
risk-based programme that was designed, based on 
the Risk Register, to be carried out regularly at each 
division of the Group. The Business Process Review 
programme looks to provide assurance to the Group, 
by testing internal controls and reviewing specific 
risks, as well as seeking out best practice and 
sharing it across the Group and identifying business 
process improvements. Committee Members receive 
an Executive Summary of each Business Process 
Review report and these reports are then discussed 
at the next Committee meeting. In addition the 
Committee at its meetings reviews the progress 
made by the relevant division, following the 
completion of a Business Process Review, against the 
Internal Audit process.

The Company has introduced a new business 
planning process whereby each land transaction, 
following completion of the development, is tested 
against its original appraisal to ascertain its 
performance and to improve cash flow forecasting. 
These Post Completion Reports are provided to the 
Committee and are discussed at each meeting.

WHISTLEBLOWING
The Group has a widely publicised Whistleblowing 
Policy which enables employees and other 
stakeholders to raise concerns in confidence. The 
Committee has arranged to receive reports on all 
occasions when such issues are raised under this 
policy. 

The Whistleblowing Policy is formally reviewed and 
approved each year by the Committee. During the 
year, this policy was updated to reflect changes in 

73

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
74 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Audit Committee Report continued

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 
The Committee completed a performance 
evaluation during the financial year by the members 
of the Committee and those who regularly attend by 
invitation, including the external Auditor, completing 
a self-assessment questionnaire and a report 
compiled by the Group Company Secretary from the 
results was presented to the Committee and 
discussed. The Committee was found to be 
effective and it was concluded that the Committee 
had fulfilled its remit and had in place appropriate 
Terms of Reference. 

NICK HEWSON 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

3 September 2018

best practice and to incorporate reference to the new 
corporate criminal act of facilitating tax evasion, as 
referred to below. 

BRIBERY ACT
Following the introduction of the Bribery Act 2010 
the Company put in place a policy on bribery and 
corruption for all employees strictly to adhere to. 
The Group Company Secretary ensures that the 
policy is complied with, updates the policy, 
procedures and company code of practice as and 
when required and provides regular reports to the 
Committee. 

The Bribery Act policy is formally reviewed and 
approved each year by the Committee. This policy 
was updated this year to reflect changes to internal 
procedures since the previous publication. 

Training is given to all staff to highlight the various 
forms of bribery and all new staff attend an 
induction course at the commencement of their 
employment which includes a section relating to 
bribery and the implication on individuals and the 
Company of an act of bribery either given or 
received. Every year, through its internal e-learning 
facility, each employee will be required to complete 
a mandatory compliance test which reminds each 
employee of their obligations.

THE CRIMINAL FINANCES ACT 
Following the introduction of the Criminal Finances 
Act 2017 on 30 September 2017, the Company put in 
place a policy relating to the facilitation of tax 
evasion. The policy is applicable to every employee 
and the Employee Handbook, which is provided to 
each new employee, includes reference to the 
policy and the Group’s zero-tolerance stance on tax 
evasion and its facilitation. As with the Bribery Act 
policy, the Group Company Secretary ensures that 
the policy is complied with and reports to the 
Committee on matters falling within the policy.  
The Anti-Facilitation of Tax Evasion policy shall be 
formally reviewed and approved each year by the 
Committee.

75

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

THE REGENT COLLECTION AT ERSKINE PARK, WILTON, WILTSHIRE

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
76 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Nomination Committee Report

“The Committee reviews the size, structure, balance and composition of the 
Board, oversees Board and Senior Executive succession planning and 
identifies and nominates for approval candidates to fill Board vacancies.” 

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP AND MEETINGS
All Members of the Committee are Independent 
Non-Executive Directors with Debbie Hewitt, the 
Senior Independent Director being Chair of the 
Committee. The other Members of the Committee 
during the period ending 30 June 2018 were Nick 
Hewson, Liz Peace, Sir Michael Lyons and Vanda 
Murray. 

DEBBIE HEWITT 
Chairman of the 
Nomination 
Committee

Vanda Murray joined as a Member of the Committee 
following her appointment to the Board on 1 August 
2017. Liz Peace retired as a Member of the Board 
and the Committee with effect from 31 August 2017.

The biographies of the Members of the Committee 
can be found at pages 62 to 63.

Table of Attendance

Name

Role 

Debbie Hewitt

Chairman 

Nick Hewson

Liz Peace*

Member

Member

Sir Michael Lyons

Member

Vanda Murray**

Member

Attendance  
at Meetings 

3/3

3/3

0/1

3/3

2/2

•   leading the process for Board appointments 

ensuring they are conducted on merit and against 
objective criteria;

•   making recommendations to the Board, including 

on appointment of Executive Directors and 
Non-Executive Directors to the Board, the 
re-appointment of Directors, the re-election of 
Directors at the Annual General Meeting and the 
membership of the Audit, Nomination, 
Remuneration and Placemaking and Sustainability 
Committees;

•   ensuring that a formal, structured and tailored 

induction programme is undertaken by any newly 
appointed member of the Board;

•   reviewing annually the time required from the 

Non-Executive Directors;

•   satisfying itself with regard to succession planning 
for the Board and senior management, taking into 
account the challenges and opportunities facing 
the Company and future skills and expertise 
needed on the Board including development and 
training; and

•   ensuring suitable candidates for the Board are 
identified through an appropriate recruitment 
process, giving due regard to the benefits of 
diversity, including gender and ethnicity, and 
recommended for appointment.

* 

** 

 Liz Peace was unable to attend the meeting which was held 
whilst she was a Member of the Committee. 

The Committee’s Terms of Reference are published 
on the Group’s website (www.redrowplc.co.uk).

 Vanda Murray attended both meetings which were held 
following her appointment as a Member of the Committee. 

The Committee met three times during the year ended 
30 June 2018. For all meetings, papers were circulated 
sufficiently in advance to allow proper consideration of 
all matters for discussion. The Group Company 
Secretary acts as Secretary to the Committee. 

RESPONSIBILITIES AND TERMS  
OF REFERENCE
The key responsibilities of the Committee are:

•   reviewing the structure, size and composition of 

the Board (including skills, knowledge and 
experience) and making recommendations for 
further recruitment to the Board or proposing 
changes to the existing Board;

•   reviewing the leadership needs of the Company, 
both executive and non-executive, ensuring 
appropriate succession planning for Directors and 
other senior executives within the business;

MAIN ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR 
During the year to 30 June 2018 the Committee 
undertook the following activities:

•  a review of the structure, size and composition of 

the Board;

•   a review of executive succession. The Committee 
concluded that the present Board balance and 
composition remains appropriate but that it will be 
kept under review;

•   an assessment of the Board composition and 
effectiveness with specific regard given to the 
retirement of Debbie Hewitt at the conclusion of 
the 2018 Annual General Meeting;

•   recommended that the Directors, save for Debbie 
Hewitt following completion of 9 years’ service, 
stand for re-election at the conclusion of the 2018 
Annual General Meeting in accordance with UK 
Corporate Governance Code; and

•   reviewed the Committee’s Terms of Reference.

77

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

The Directors were not present and did not vote 
when their individual proposals were discussed.

SUCCESSION
The Board considers that succession planning of the 
Board and its Committees is extremely important 
and believes that it currently has a good balance 
and diversity among its Non-Executive Directors, 
with each of them having relevant skills derived 
from serving in a range of executive and non-
executive positions over many years.

On 19 August 2018, Debbie Hewitt completed 9 
years’ service on the Board and, in line with best 
practice, she will not be standing for re-election at 
the 2018 Annual General Meeting. 

In preparation for the retirement of Debbie Hewitt, 
the Committee put in place a succession plan 
recognising best practice which advises the 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee shall sit 
on the Committee for a year prior to taking up the 
Chairman role and that the Senior Independent 
Director have a good understanding of the 
Company to enable them to carry out the duties of 
the role effectively. 

With effect from the close of the 2018 Annual 
General Meeting, Debbie Hewitt will be succeeded 
by Nick Hewson as the Senior Independent Director 
and Chairman of the Nomination Committee and by 
Vanda Murray as Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee. 

Nick Hewson has substantial experience as a 
Non-Executive Director and, having been on the 
Board since December 2012, has a good 
understanding of the business of the Group. He has 
also been a member of the Nomination Committee 
since joining the Board in 2012. 

Vanda Murray has extensive Remuneration 
Committee experience, having held Chairman 
positions of the Remuneration Committees in Bunzl 
plc and Fenner plc. She joined the Remuneration 
Committee of the Company on 1 August 2017 and 
has spent a significant amount of time shadowing 
Debbie Hewitt in preparation for her taking on the 
role of Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.

Following an assessment by the Committee, the 
Board is not currently seeking to appoint an 
additional Non-Executive Director to replace 
Debbie Hewitt, as the recruitment of Vanda Murray 
in 2017 has provided for the Non-Executive 
succession needs. As a result of careful succession 
planning, the Committee believes that the resultant 
balance of the Non-Executive Directors and 
Executive Directors remains effective, along with 
each of the Board’s Committees.

DIVERSITY
The principle of boardroom diversity is strongly 
supported and recognised by the Board. It is the 
Board’s policy that appointments to the Board will 
always be based on merit, so that the Board has the 
right individuals in place, and recognises that diversity 
is seen as an important consideration as part of the 
selective criteria used to assess candidates to achieve 
a balanced Board. Current female representation on 
the Board is 43%. 

Once Debbie Hewitt steps down from the Board at the 
close of the 2018 Annual General Meeting, female 
representation on the Board will be 33%, remaining in 
line with the Hampton-Alexander Review, which 
recommends that FTSE 350 companies should aim to 
build the representation of women on their boards to 
33% by 2020.

The Board believes in the benefits of cognitive 
diversity, from a wide range of complementary skills. 
The Committee will continue to aspire to maintain a 
diverse Board with recruitment and selection of 
talented individuals and with a broad range of 
appropriate skills, irrespective of gender.

The Committee continues to monitor and review 
reports and recommendations relating to the 
composition of boards and diversity, including the 
Parker Review on ethnic diversity. 

The Group Human Resources Director attends the 
monthly Executive Management Team meetings and 
provides a monthly people report which provides key 
statistics on Group employees as well as providing 
updates on employee engagement and recruitment. 
She reports to the Nomination Committee at least 
twice a year to update on progress.

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 
The Committee members completed a 
performance evaluation during the financial year 
and a report was presented by the Secretary to the 
Committee and discussed. The Committee was 
found to be effective and it was concluded that the 
Committee had fulfilled its remit and had in place 
appropriate Terms of Reference. Actions were 
agreed to maintain this progress.

Throughout the year, good progress had been 
made on the longer-term succession planning of 
the Executive Management Team and this will 
remain a priority for the coming year. 

DEBBIE HEWITT
Chairman of the Nomination Committee 

3 September 2018

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
78 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Placemaking and Sustainability Committee Report

“The Committee ensures that the Group lives up to high environmental and 
placemaking standards and delivers on its commitment to promote the 
creation of socially and economically sustainable communities.”

SIR MICHAEL 
LYONS
Chairman of the 
Placemaking and 
Sustainability 
Committee

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP AND MEETINGS
The Members of the Committee during the 
Financial Year comprised Sir Michael Lyons, who 
was Chairman of the Committee and Nick Hewson, 
Independent Non-Executive Director, Matthew 
Pratt, Southern Regional Chief Executive, Robert 
MacDiarmid, Group Sustainability Director, and 
Karen Jones, Group Human Resources Director.

Liz Peace retired from the Board on 31 August 2017 
and was replaced by Sir Michael Lyons on  
1 September 2017 as Chairman of the Committee.

On 1 September 2017 the Committee was renamed 
the Placemaking and Sustainability Committee.

Table of Attendance

Name

Role 

Sir Michael Lyons

Chairman 

Liz Peace*

Chairman

Nick Hewson

Member

Matthew Pratt**

Member

Robert MacDiarmid Member

Karen Jones 

Member

Attendance  
at Meetings 

3/3

0/0

3/3

2/3

3/3

3/3

* 

** 

  There were no meetings held between 1 July 2017 and  
31 August 2017, being the date which Liz Peace retired as  
a Member of the Committee. 

 Due to unforeseen circumstances, Matthew Pratt was 
unable to attend one of the meetings but was fully 
appraised of the matters discussed therein.

The Committee met three times during the year 
ended 30 June 2018. For all meetings, papers were 
circulated sufficiently in advance to allow proper 
consideration of all matters for discussion. The 
Group Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the 
Committee.

RESPONSIBILITIES AND TERMS  
OF REFERENCE
The key responsibilities of the Committee are:

•  to develop and monitor the Company’s approach 
to sustainability and to review and approve the 
sustainability targets proposed by management;

•   to assess the impact of the Company’s operations 
on the environment and communities affected by 
its activities, including the consideration of 
policies to enhance the benefits of those 
activities and mitigate any negative impact of 
those activities;

•   to have regard to environmental corporate social 
responsibility and community issues, including 
environmental management systems, waste 
management systems, recycling and energy 
management;

•   to ensure that the Group Sustainability Director 

produces in advance of each meeting a 
sustainability performance scorecard to assist the 
Committee to more clearly evaluate the 
relationship between the sustainability initiatives 
in place, or being considered, and the related 
performance levels being achieved;

•   to ensure that the Company supports its people 

on a learning and development pathway to deliver 
high quality products and services and to ensure 
that there is sufficient encouragement and 
support given to Company employees so that 
they can realise their capability to contribute to 
the social, environment and economic health of 
our communities and having regard to the 
promoting and maintaining the highest degree of 
physical, mental and social wellbeing in the 
workplace;

•   to ensure that the Company continues to be an 
employer of choice in the industry, valuing and 
respecting its diversity; providing both advantage, 
and equality of opportunity in recruitment, 
development, recognition and reward;

•   to review the Company’s policies and reporting 

with regard to personnel recruitment, 
development and succession planning to ensure 
a sustainable and engaged workforce;

•   supported a series of workshops that were run to 
help refine the Group’s placemaking principles. 
These principles, which have been titled “Redrow 
8”, are being developed by drawing on the 
Group’s many years of experience delivering high 
quality distinctive places to live;

•   encouraged the Company to become a member 
of the NHS Healthy Towns Network. The purpose 
of the network is to explore how new housing 
developments can achieve better health 
outcomes; 

•   evaluated the outcomes of a pilot project 

examining how our current design approach is 
impacting biodiversity at several of our existing 
developments. Whilst the sample of sites in this 
exercise was not large enough to make wider 
predictions, the findings gave insight into the key 
considerations for achieving biodiversity ‘net gain’ 
and will inform the development of our new 
biodiversity strategy;

•   supported the formulation of a health and 

wellbeing strategy which is being developed to 
improve the wellbeing of the Group’s people and 
create a more inclusive workplace; and

•   continued to review and evaluate the Group’s 
collaboration with education partners, which is 
aiming to positively impact people and 
communities.

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 
The Committee members completed a performance 
evaluation during the financial year and a report was 
presented by the Secretary to the Committee and 
discussed. The Committee was found to be 
effective and it was concluded that the Committee 
had fulfilled its remit and had in place appropriate 
Terms of Reference.

SIR MICHAEL LYONS
Chairman of the Placemaking  
and Sustainability Committee 

3 September 2018

•   to have regard to the Company’s involvement in 
the community, and the Company’s policy on 
charitable donations and activities;

•   to have regard to the Company’s developments in 
customer engagement and service to ensure its 
values are upheld; 

•   to adhere to the Company’s three key principles 
of sustainability: Thriving Communities, Building 
Responsibly and Valuing People; and

•   to ensure that we are continuing to create great 

places to live and making social, economical and 
environmental contributions to local areas by 
setting well-designed homes and amenities within 
attractive shared spaces.

The Committee regularly reviews its Terms of 
Reference; these were last reviewed in May 2018 
and are published on the Group’s website 
(www.redrowplc.co.uk).

MAIN ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR 
During the year ended 30 June 2018 the principal 
activities of the Committee were as follows:

•  assessed the changes required to achieve the 
target of implementing an accredited H&S 
Management system (ISO45001);

•   implemented three new sustainability themes 

(Thriving Communities, Building Responsibly and 
Valuing People) and set the objectives and 
targets in order to fully integrate these principles 
within the Group; 

•   supported the implementation of the new 

Intranet, which promotes increased 
communication across the Group;

•   monitored and reviewed the Company’s response 

to environmental legislation and regulation, 
ensuring the appropriate risk mitigation controls 
were being implemented, monitored and 
evaluated;

•   monitored the suitability of internal and external 

communication of sustainability related activities. 
Methods of communication included internal 
magazines, Companywide briefings and updates 
to the Company’s website;

•   approved the Company becoming Gold Leaf 
members of the UK Green Building Council 
(UKGBC) and becoming corporate members of 
Considerate Constructors Scheme (CCS), a 
non-profit-making, independent organisation 
founded by the construction industry to improve 
its image; 

79

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
80 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Remuneration Report

“I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year 
ended 30 June 2018.”

DEBBIE HEWITT
Chairman of the 
Remuneration 
Committee

At the Annual General Meeting on 9 November 
2017, our Directors’ Remuneration Policy was put to 
a binding shareholder vote, which was approved by 
99.97% of the votes cast. The Remuneration 
Committee believes that this approved Policy 
continues to reflect our overall remuneration 
philosophy and that it is working effectively to align 
the executives with the optimum outcome for all 
stakeholders. We are therefore not proposing any 
changes to our Remuneration Policy this year. As 
shareholders are now familiar with it, the full Policy 
is not included in this year’s report but a summary is 
provided in the form of a Policy table (which explains 
how our framework operates) and is set out on 
pages 82 to 84. We will be submitting a Policy for 
shareholder approval at the 2020 AGM in line with 
the three year cycle set out in the regulations.

The Annual Remuneration Report (pages 86 to 95) 
provides details on the remuneration we paid in 
respect of 2018 and how we intend to operate our 
policies in 2019. It will be submitted to an advisory 
shareholder vote at the 2018 Annual General Meeting.

OUR PHILOSOPHY – ALIGNING REWARD 
WITH PERFORMANCE 
Our Remuneration strategy remains unchanged – it 
is designed to reflect the needs of a UK based, 
capital intensive house builder, with ambitious 
growth plans. We make long-term investments, 
which are differentiated by the constant innovation 
and quality of our product. Successfully acquiring 

land, achieving planning consent, opening outlets, 
building quality homes and selling and handing 
them over on time, are all critical success factors 
and feature as part of our management incentive 
programmes.

We adopt clear, simple and market competitive 
remuneration arrangements. The alignment of 
executive remuneration with the objectives of our 
shareholders has been the principal focus, ensuring 
remuneration structures are fully attuned to the 
business strategy. We aim to balance the short, 
medium and long term components of our 
remuneration, to ensure that we motivate and retain 
our executives and keep them focused on 
delivering long-term sustainable growth. The annual 
bonus encourages performance in key areas of 
strategic focus for the business and the Long Term 
Incentive Plan (LTIP) reflects our market related 
growth and return ambitions.

2018 OUTCOMES – AN OUTSTANDING YEAR
As described in detail on pages 1 to 59 of this 
Annual Report, 2018 was another outstanding year 
for Redrow, which saw:

•  Record profit before tax of £380m, up 21%

•   Revenue exceeding £1.9bn, up 16%

•   Earnings per share up 22% to 85.3p

•   ROCE improving further to 28.5%

•   Dividend up 65% to 28p

Based on these principles, our remuneration framework includes the following components:

Fixed Components

Variable Components 

Salary

Benefits Pension

Annual Bonus

LTIP

Market competitive

Maximum 100% of salary

Maximum 150% of salary

– 

 Reflect nature of  
role, and skills  
and experience

– 

– 

– 

 Balanced scorecard of key 
performance measures – for 
example, PBT, ROCE, land 
holdings, outlet openings

 50% deferred into shares – half 
vest after one year and half after 
two years

 Cash and shares subject to 
clawback for five years following 
payment / vesting

– 

– 

– 

 Based on stretching long-term 
EPS and ROCE targets

 Subject to clawback for five 
years following vesting

 Subject to an additional holding 
period of two years following 
vesting (including post-
employment)

Shareholding Guidelines

200% of salary to be built up over five years from appointment

The alignment between performance and reward 
which underpins our executive remuneration 
framework, is reflected in the outcomes for the 
annual bonus and LTIP:

•  2017-18 Annual bonus: Based on exceptional 
performance, with the targets for maximum 
payment exceeded for three of the annual bonus 
measures (PBT, ROCE, land holdings) and 
performance on outlet openings significantly 
above target but short of the stretch target, the 
Committee determined that the annual bonus 
should pay out at 96.7% of salary for both of the 
Executive Directors. 50% of this will be paid in 
shares and half of these will be deferred for a 
period of one year and the remaining half 
deferred for two years; and

•   2015 -18 LTIP: EPS of 85.0p and ROCE of 28% in 
2018 were both significantly above the targets 
for maximum vesting of 76.3p and 22%, 
respectively. The Committee therefore 
determined that the 2015 LTIP award should vest 
in full on 14 September 2018.

The 2018-19 annual bonus targets are disclosed on 
page 86. 

We have and will continue to set stretching target 
ranges for our incentive awards. Shareholders will 
note from our disclosure that historical targets set 
were stretching and payments have reflected 
absolute and relative outperformance in market terms 
for financial returns and for the strategic objectives of 
quality land holdings and strong order book.

REMUNERATION DECISIONS FOR 2019
The Committee has decided to award salary 
increases to the Group Chief Executive and Group 
Finance Director of 2.5%, effective from 1 July 2018. 
This is below the average increase for all other 
employees across the business which was 3.5%.

The annual bonus and LTIP will operate in line with 
our Remuneration Policy. 

The annual bonus will continue to be based on a 
balanced scorecard of performance measures – PBT, 
ROCE, a measure based on the number of outlets 
opened and land acquired. 

The EPS and ROCE target ranges for the 2018-21 LTIP 
award are set out on page 86 of this report.

As reported last year, all variable pay elements were 
removed from the Chairman’s package and therefore 
Steve Morgan was not invited to participate in the 
2017/18 annual bonus scheme nor granted an LTIP in 
2017. Further, following his move to Non-Executive 
Chairman on 1 October 2017, his salary of £499k was 
reduced to an annual fee of £300k. He takes a 
nominal payment of £10k, which he donates via 
payroll giving to the Steve Morgan Foundation and 
the remainder is donated directly by the Company to 
the Steve Morgan Foundation.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Remuneration Committee continues to monitor 
developments in respect of the Government’s 
corporate governance reforms including the recently 
announced changes to the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the “Code”). During the coming 
year the Committee will review Redrow’s compliance 
with the remuneration aspects of the Code and will 
make amendments where necessary.

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
The Committee completed a performance evaluation 
during the financial year by the members of the 
Committee and those who regularly attend by 
invitation, including the Chairman, Group Finance 
Director and Group HR Director, completing a 
self-assessment questionnaire. A report was 
compiled by the Group Company Secretary from the 
results and it was presented to the Committee and 
discussed. It was concluded that the Committee had 
fulfilled its remit and had in place appropriate Terms 
of Reference. The report also concluded how the 
Committee would ensure that the succession 
planning of the Chair of the Committee would work, 
including a detailed handover plan.

SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
We remain committed to an ongoing and transparent 
dialogue with our shareholders on executive 
remuneration. In putting in place our current Policy, 
we engaged with a number of our major 
shareholders and their feedback was taken into 
account by the Committee in finalising the Policy. We 
will continue to engage with our shareholders on any 
significant changes to the Policy. 

Last year, 99.96% of votes cast were in favour of the 
Remuneration Report and 99.97% of votes cast were 
in favour of the Remuneration Policy. We look forward 
to receiving your continued support on our approach 
to remuneration at this year’s Annual General Meeting.

CLOSING REMARKS
Finally, as you will be aware, I will be retiring from the 
Board following the AGM after 9 years of service as a 
Non-Executive Director. It has been a privilege to be 
a member of the Redrow Board during a period of 
considerable growth. Assuming her election by 
shareholders, Vanda Murray will take up the position 
of Chairman of the Remuneration Committee with 
effect from 7 November 2018.

DEBBIE HEWITT
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

This report has been prepared in accordance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the relevant provisions of the 
Listing Rules and Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) 
Regulations 2013.

81

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
82 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

THE REMUNERATION POLICY
The Remuneration Policy became effective following shareholder approval at the 2017 Annual General 
Meeting. An extract of the Remuneration Policy table (with updated references, where relevant) and 
supporting disclosures is reproduced below for information only. The full Remuneration Policy is contained 
on pages 79 to 86 of the 2017 Annual Report, which is available in the Investor Relations section of the 
Group’s website, http://investors.redrowplc.co.uk/.

Policy Table for Executive Directors 

Component

Purpose/link  
to strategy

Operation

Maximum

Performance framework

Base  
Salary

To provide a 
market 
competitive 
element of 
fixed 
remuneration to 
attract and 
retain leaders 
of the required 
calibre to 
deliver the 
strategy.

N/A

Salaries are determined by 
the Committee taking into 
account all relevant factors 
such as: 

The size and complexity of 
the Company, the scope and 
responsibilities of the role, 
the skills and experience of 
the individual and 
performance in role.

The Committee’s 
assessment of the 
competitive market 
positioning of base salaries 
is based on consideration of 
market data from UK 
companies of similar size 
and complexity and 
companies in the house-
building sector.

Salaries are normally 
reviewed annually, with any 
changes effective at the 
start of the financial year.

There is no prescribed 
maximum salary. Any salary 
increases will normally be in 
line with those of the wider 
workforce. 

The Committee has 
discretion to award larger 
increases where it considers 
this appropriate, such as to 
reflect (for example):

– 

– 

– 

– 

 a significant change in 
the size and complexity 
of the Company;

 an increase in scope 
and responsibility of the 
role, or a change in role;

 an Executive Director 
being moved to market 
positioning over time; 
and

 an Executive Director 
falling below 
competitive market 
positioning.

N/A

Benefit provision, for which 
there is no prescribed 
monetary maximum, is set at 
an appropriate level for the 
specific nature and location 
of the role.

Participation in all employee 
share plans is subject to 
statutory limits.

Benefits

To provide a 
market 
competitive 
benefits 
package to 
support the 
Director in 
fulfilling their 
role.

Benefits may include: a 
company car (or equivalent 
cash allowance), private 
medical insurance, 
permanent health 
insurance, fixed term group 
income protection and a 
death in service benefit, 
and where appropriate any 
tax payable thereon.

Executive Directors may 
also participate in 
all-employee share plans on 
the same basis as other 
employees.

The Committee has 
discretion to include, where 
it considers it appropriate to 
do so, other benefits to 
reflect specific individual 
circumstances, such as 
housing, relocation, travel, 
or other expatriate 
allowances.

Component

Pension

Purpose/link  
to strategy

To provide a 
market 
competitive 
element of 
fixed 
remuneration 
for retirement 
planning.

Annual 
Bonus

A variable pay 
opportunity 
which motivates 
and rewards 
annual 
performance 
and delivery of 
the strategy on 
an annual basis.

Deferral aligns 
reward with 
long-term value 
of Redrow 
shares.

Operation

Maximum

Performance framework

N/A

The maximum DC 
contribution/cash 
supplement (in respect of a 
financial year) is 20% of base 
salary.

100% of salary.

Performance is assessed against 
key financial and operational 
performance measures linked to 
the delivery of the strategy and 
shareholder value determined each 
year by the Committee.

The current performance measures 
are:

– 

– 

– 

 25% based on profit before tax;

 25% based on return on capital 
employed (ROCE);

 25% based on land  
holdings; and

– 

 25% based on outlet openings

The Committee retains discretion to 
adjust the measures and/or 
weightings in future years to reflect 
prevailing financial, strategic and 
operational objectives of the 
business or of the individual. 
However, a minimum of 50% of the 
total will always be based on key 
financial measures.

No bonus will be payable for 
performance below threshold 
levels set by the Committee.

The Committee has discretion to 
adjust the level of payout if the 
outcome from a formulaic 
assessment does not appropriately 
reflect underlying business 
performance.

Individuals are eligible to 
participate in the Company’s 
Defined Contribution (DC) 
pension scheme or receive a 
pension allowance cash 
supplement.

Executive Directors who are 
members of the Company’s 
Defined Benefit (DB) 
pension scheme will 
continue to receive benefits 
under the terms of that 
scheme. There will be no 
new entrants or accrual of 
future benefits under the DB 
scheme.

The Committee determines 
participation levels each 
year. Targets are set by the 
Committee at the start of the 
relevant financial year and 
are assessed following the 
year end.

A portion (currently 50%) of 
any bonus earned will be 
deferred into Redrow shares, 
which are awarded in the 
form of nil-cost options 
which vest after a period set 
by the Committee. Currently, 
half of the deferred shares 
vests after one year and half 
after two years, subject to 
continued employment.

Following exercise of a 
vested deferred share 
award, participants will be 
entitled to receive an 
amount equal to the 
aggregate of any dividends 
which they would have been 
entitled to receive as a 
shareholder during the 
period between the grant 
and satisfaction of the 
award.

In future years, the 
Committee retains the 
discretion to change the 
deferred amount and/or 
lengthen the deferral period.

Where appropriate, the 
Committee may determine 
that deferral is in the form of 
an equivalent cash award 
(which in all other respects 
mirrors the terms of the 
deferred share awards).

Clawback provisions apply 
to both the cash and 
deferred elements.

83

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
84 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

THE REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

Component

Long Term 
Incentive 
Plan (LTIP)

Purpose/link  
to strategy

Designed to 
motivate and 
reward 
long-term 
performance 
and delivery of 
the strategy 
and provide 
alignment with 
Redrow 
shareholders.

Operation

Maximum

Performance framework

The maximum award which 
may be granted in respect of 
a financial year will normally 
not exceed 150% of salary.

However, in exceptional 
circumstances only, the 
Committee may make 
awards of up to 200% of 
salary.

Awards may be made under 
the Redrow plc 2014 Long 
Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).

Awards are normally in the 
form of nil-cost options. The 
Committee may also 
determine that awards are 
made in the form of 
conditional share awards or 
as an equivalent cash award 
(which in all other respects 
mirrors the terms of the 
LTIP).

Awards normally vest 
subject to the satisfaction of 
performance conditions 
measured over a period of at 
least three years. Vested 
awards will normally be 
subject to an additional 
holding period of two years.

Clawback provisions apply.

Awards may incorporate the 
right to receive (in cash or 
shares) the aggregate value 
of dividends paid on vested 
shares between the vesting 
date and the date on which 
the awards are released 
following the holding period, 
on such basis as the 
Committee may determine, 
which may assume the 
reinvestment of these 
dividends in shares on a 
cumulative basis.

The LTIP is based on 
performance 
measures aligned to 
the creation of 
long-term 
shareholder value, 
measured over a 
performance period 
of at least three years. 
The current 
performance 
measures are:

– 

– 

 50% based on 
earnings per 
share (EPS); and

 50% based on 
return on capital 
employed (ROCE)

For threshold 
performance, 20% of 
salary would normally 
vest.

The Committee 
retains discretion to 
include additional or 
alternative financial 
performance 
measures and/or 
adjust the weightings 
in future years to 
reflect prevailing 
strategic or 
operational 
objectives of the 
business aligned with 
shareholder value 
creation.

Performance 
conditions applicable 
to LTIP awards may 
be amended if an 
event occurs which 
causes the Committee 
to consider that an 
amended 
performance 
condition would be 
more appropriate and 
not materially less 
difficult to satisfy.

Where an individual waives any current or future right or entitlement to a remuneration payment or other 
benefit, which they would otherwise be eligible to receive under any of the components set out in the Policy 
Table on pages 82 to 84, the Committee may determine that a charitable donation, which is, in its opinion, 
equivalent to the value of that payment or benefit, may be made by the Company.

Executive shareholding guidelines
Executive Directors are expected to build and retain a shareholding in the Group at least equivalent to 
200% of base salary. Until the shareholding guideline has been met Executives will be required to retain all 
deferred bonus shares and LTIP shares on a net of tax basis.

85

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

Clawback
For awards under the annual bonus plan (including deferred share awards) and awards made since the 
introduction of the 2014 LTIP, the Committee has discretion to clawback awards in the event of a material 
misstatement of the Company’s audited financial results or employee misconduct.

In such circumstances, at any time prior to the fifth anniversary of the payment of any cash bonus or vesting 
of a deferred bonus/ LTIP award, the Committee has discretion to:

•  reduce, cancel or impose further conditions on outstanding deferred bonus/LTIP awards; or

•  require the participant to repay (in cash or shares) some or all of the value delivered from a deferred 

bonus/LTIP awards; and/or

•  require the participant to repay some or all of any cash bonus received

Where a charitable donation has been made in accordance with the Remuneration Policy, clawback will not 
apply.

For deferred bonus plan awards, if a participant’s gross misconduct has resulted in the material misstatement 
of the Group accounts (or the accounts of one of its subsidiaries), any unexercised awards will lapse 
immediately and the participant will forfeit any shares previously acquired under awards made under that plan.

Service contracts
The service agreements of the Executive Directors are rolling contracts which were entered into on the 
dates shown in the table below:

Contract date

Notice period from the Director

Notice period from the Company

Name

John Tutte

01/07/14

Barbara Richmond

18/01/10

12 months

6 months

12 months

12 months

The service agreements provide for formal notice to be served to terminate the agreement, by either the 
Company or the Executive Director, with the required period of notice shown in the table. The agreements and 
letters of appointment do not include any provisions for pre-determined compensation for early termination. The 
Committee may terminate service agreements immediately by making a payment in lieu of notice consisting of 
base salary, benefits and pension for the unexpired period of notice. At the discretion of the Committee, this 
payment may be made as instalments over the period, subject to a duty to mitigate, or as a lump sum.

For future appointments, it is the Committee’s policy that notice periods will normally be 6 months from both 
the Director and the Company initially and thereafter, 12 months from both the Director and the Company, and 
that payments in lieu of notice will comprise no more than base salary, benefits and pension only over the 
unexpired period of notice.

The Non-Executive Directors’ terms of appointment are detailed in formal letters of appointment as shown in 
the table below. Each appointment is for a fixed initial period of three years although this term is terminable 
upon either party giving three months’ notice.

Name

Position

Date of initial appointment Current date of appointment

Steve Morgan*

Non-Executive Chairman

23/03/09

Debbie Hewitt**

Senior Independent Director

21/08/09

Nick Hewson

Non-Executive

Liz Peace***

Non-Executive

Sir Michael Lyons

Non-Executive

Vanda Murray****

Non-Executive

01/12/12

01/09/14

06/01/15

01/08/17

01/10/17

19/08/18

01/12/15

01/09/14

06/01/18

01/08/17

* 

** 

 Steve Morgan moved from Executive to Non-Executive Chairman on 1 October 2017. 

 Debbie Hewitt’s appointment was extended on 19 August 2018 to cover the period from this date until the 2018 AGM at which 
point she will be retiring from the Board. 

*** 

Liz Peace retired from the Board on 31 August 2017. 

****  Vanda Murray joined the Board on 1 August 2017. 

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
86 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

ANNUAL REMUNERATION REPORT 
STATEMENT OF IMPLEMENTATION FOR 2019
This section summarises how the Committee intends to operate the Remuneration Policy for the year 
ending June 2019.

Salary
The Committee’s policy on salary increases, as set out in the Remuneration Policy, is that they should 
normally be in line with increases for employees within the business. This approach has been applied 
consistently by the Committee over a number of years.

The average increase for all Redrow employees on 1 July 2018 was 3.5%. The Committee decided to award 
base salary increases for the Executive Directors of 2.5%, effective 1 July 2018, as follows:

£’000

John Tutte

Barbara Richmond

2019

598

338

2018

Change

583

330

2.5%

2.5%

Annual bonus
For FY 2019, the annual bonus will operate on the same basis as for FY 2018, assessed using the same 
balanced scorecard of measures as shown on page 88.

It is the current intention that the targets will be disclosed in the FY 2019 Annual Remuneration Report 
provided the Committee is comfortable they are no longer commercially sensitive.

LTIP awards to be granted during 2019
Subject to shareholder approval of the new Remuneration Policy, LTIP awards in the FY 2019 financial year 
will be made at the level of 150% of salary and will be subject to the following stretching EPS and ROCE 
performance targets, measured over the three year period ending in 2021:

Award vesting level as % of salary (for each component) 

EPS for 2021

ROCE for 2021

Nil

10%

30%

75%

Below 105.0p

Below 25.8%

105.0p

110.0p

25.8%

26.8%

115.0p or above

27.8% or above

Vesting between the points above is on a sliding scale basis

In line with our Policy, these awards will be subject to an additional two year post-vesting holding period.

The Committee notes that the ROCE performance target for the scheme which commences in FY19 is below the 
2018 actual ROCE performance of 28%, although above the maximum target for the LTIP schemes which have 
or which are due to vest in FY18, FY19 and FY20. The Committee has discussed this in detail and considers, 
given the general economic context, that the ROCE target for the 2019 awards is sufficiently stretching.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR FEES
The base fee for a Non-Executive Director is £55k p.a. from 1 August 2017. In line with current practice the 
Company pays an additional fee of £10k p.a. to Committee Chairs and an additional fee of £10k p.a. to the 
Senior Independent Director. The fee for the Non-Executive Chairman is £300k p.a.

OUTCOMES IN RESPECT OF 2018
The tables below set out the remuneration for the Directors in respect of 2018. Further discussion of each of 
the components is set out on the pages which follow. Where indicated, these disclosures have been audited.

As Steve Morgan moved from an Executive to Non-Executive role during the course of the financial year,  
the remuneration that was attributable to each role is shown in the Executive remuneration table and 
Non-Executive remuneration table respectively.

SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION TABLE (AUDITED)
The remuneration of the Executive Directors in respect of 2018 is shown in the table below (with the prior 
year comparative):

Salary

Benefits (ii)

Annual  
bonus (iii)

LTIP (iv)

Pensions (v)

Total

£’000

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

Steve Morgan (i)

4

15

John Tutte

583

569

Barbara 
Richmond

330

322

–

16

17

31

16

16

–

–

–

–

564

569

681

1,195

–

117

–

4

46

114

1,961

2,463

319

322

384

675

66

64

1,116

1,399

(i) 

 Steve Morgan served as Executive Chairman from 1 July to 30 September 2017. The disclosure in this table and footnote are 
in reference to that period. Steve Morgan drew a nominal annual salary of £15k (2017: £15k) per annum which he donated via 
Payroll Giving to The Steve Morgan Foundation, a UK registered charity of which Steve Morgan is a trustee. 

 The Company also made a donation to The Steve Morgan Foundation of £121k in respect of 2018 (2017: £716k). This donation 
represents Steve Morgan’s notional salary of £499k per annum less the £15k per annum nominal salary for the three months 
to 30 September 2017. In 2017 the donation was made up of a notional salary of £472k (being the balance of Steve Morgan’s 
notional annual salary of £487k less the £15k nominal salary) and £244k (being an amount in respect of the cash annual 
bonus which Steve Morgan waived his entitlement to). The notional cash bonus represented half of the total bonus for 2017, 
calculated using the notional salary of £487k and a bonus percentage of 100% of maximum, equivalent to that earned by 
John Tutte and Barbara Richmond.

 Steve Morgan’s 2015 LTIP award, also structured as a cash award over notional Redrow shares, will vest in full on 14 
September 2018 based on performance to the 2018 financial year (as described in the section below). The value of this 
award (calculated using the average share price over the last three months of 2018 in accordance with footnote (iv) below) is 
£582k (2017: £1,022k).

 Further details on the donation to The Steve Morgan Foundation are given in the Directors’ Report on page 99 and in note 
22 to the financial statements.

(ii)  Benefits include a fully expensed company car (or equivalent cash allowance) and private health insurance.

(iii) 

(iv) 

 Annual bonus represents the full value of the bonus awarded in respect of the relevant financial year. Half of the bonus is 
deferred into Redrow shares, which vests in two tranches of 50% each, on the first and second anniversaries of the grant 
date, subject to continued employment. For Steve Morgan, deferral is in the form of cash awards over notional Redrow 
shares. Details of performance targets are set out below.

 LTIP represents the value of the LTIP award which vests in respect of a performance period ending in the relevant financial 
year. The 2018 column includes the value of the 2015 LTIP award which will vest in full on 14 September 2018, using the 
average share price over the last three months of 2018. The 2017 column includes the vested value of the 2014 LTIP award 
(which vested at 100% of maximum), based on the share price on the date of vesting (18 September 2017).

(v)  Pension includes the value of the cash allowance paid to John Tutte and Barbara Richmond in respect of the relevant year.

The fees of the Non-Executive Directors in respect of 2018 are shown in the table below (with the prior 
year comparative).

£’000

Steve Morgan (i)

Debbie Hewitt

Nick Hewson

Sir Michael Lyons 

Liz Peace (ii)

Vanda Murray

Fees

2018

2017

8

75

63

63

8

50

–

70

45

45

45

–

(i) 

 Steve Morgan served as Non-Executive Chairman from 1 October to 30 June 2018. The disclosure in this table and footnote 
are in reference to that period. Steve Morgan draws a nominal fee of £10k per annum which he donates via Payroll Giving to 
The Steve Morgan Foundation, a UK registered charity of which Steve Morgan is a trustee. The Company also made a 
donation to The Steve Morgan Foundation of £218k (being the balance for this period of Steve Morgan’s notional annual fee 
of £300k per annum less the £10k nominal fee.)

(ii) 

 Liz Peace retired as a Non-Executive Director on 31 August 2017.

87

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION TABLE (AUDITED) CONTINUED
Annual bonus
The maximum bonus opportunity for the Executive Directors during 2018 continued to be 100% of salary, in 
line with the Remuneration Policy. This was based on the achievement of stretching targets under a 
balanced scorecard of four key performance measures. The scorecard combines measures which 
represent an appropriate balance between ‘backward looking’ financial performance (PBT and ROCE) and 
‘forward looking’ strategic and operational measures (land holdings and outlet openings) which support 
shareholder value creation over the medium to long-term.

% of bonus opportunity

Rationale

PBT

ROCE

Land holdings

Outlets opened

30%

30%

20%

20%

A fundamental measure of annual profitability

A measure of how effectively we use our capital base

Measures the foundation for our future growth

A fundamental indicator of future growth

As described in detail on pages 1 to 59 of this Annual Report, 2018 was another outstanding year for Redrow. 
As a result of the targets for maximum payment for three of the PBT, ROCE and Land holdings being 
exceeded and performance on outlet offerings significantly above target but short of the stretch target, the 
Committee determined that the bonus should pay out at 96.7%, resulting in bonus awards to the Executive 
Directors as shown in the Single Total Figure of Remuneration on page 87.

Our policy is to disclose annual bonus targets in the year to which the payment relates, subject to the 
Committee being comfortable that the targets are no longer commercially sensitive. Accordingly the 2018 
targets are disclosed in the following table:

% of bonus 
opportunity

Threshold payout 
(10% of maximum)

Target payout 
(50% maximum)

Maximum  
payout

Actual 2018 
performance

2018 Target Range

PBT

ROCE

GDV of land 
acquired

Outlets opened 
in year

30

30

20

20

Total

100%

£340m

21.9%

1.8bn

48

£360m

23.1%

£380m

24.3%

£380m

28.0%

1.9bn

£2.0bn

£2.2bn

51

54

53

Payout (% of 
total bonus 
opportunity)

30

30

20

16.7

96.7%

Executive Directors are required to defer 50% of any bonus earned into shares, half of which will vest after 
one year and the remaining half after two years, subject to continued employment and clawback. Clawback 
provisions for both the cash and deferred share elements will apply.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
The LTIP is designed to motivate and reward long-term performance and delivery of the strategy and 
provide alignment with Redrow shareholders. In 2018, annual awards were made at the level of 150% of 
salary, in line with the prevailing policy.

The vesting of LTIP awards is based on performance of EPS and ROCE, pre-exceptional, with 50% 
relating to performance of each measure.

The Committee believes that these two measures are transparent, are easy to understand, track and 
communicate, are cost effective to measure and fundamentally aligned to the strategic ambitions that 
have been communicated to the market:

•  EPS ensures that the team delivers strong ‘bottom line’ profitability and growth for shareholders; and

•  ROCE provides balance by requiring that profit is delivered efficiently from a capital perspective.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to adjust the number of shares vesting from the award if it 
considers that performance in the metrics above is not sufficiently reflective of the general growth 
created by the market.

Steve Morgan’s historic awards under the LTIP are receivable in cash but in all other respects mirror the 
terms and conditions of the LTIP awarded to the other Executive Directors.

The sections below summarise details of the LTIP awards which vested in respect of 2018 (2015 awards) 
and which were granted during the 2018 financial year.

LTIP awards vesting in respect of 2018
The LTIP awards granted in September 2015 were based on performance over the three year performance 
period ending in 2018. Based on performance against the EPS and ROCE targets set when the award was 
granted, summarised in the table below, the Committee determined that the 2015 LTIP awards will vest in 
full on 8 September 2018. The value of these vested awards is included in the 2015 LTIP column of the 
Single Total Figure of Remuneration on page 87.

Award vesting level as a % of share options granted (for each component)

EPS for 2018

ROCE for 2018

Nil

10%

30%

50%

Vesting between the points above is on a sliding scale basis

Actual performance

Vesting (% of total award)

Below 62.5p

Below 18.0%

62.5p

69.4p

18.0%

20.0%

76.3p or above

22% or above

85.3p

50%

28.5%

50%

LTIP awards granted during 2018
The LTIP awards granted in November 2017 will vest in November 2020 based on performance over the 
three year performance period ending in 2020 as follows:

Award vesting level as a % of share options granted (for each component)

EPS for 2020

ROCE for 2020

Nil

6.67%

20%

50%

Below 80.4p

Below 24.2%

80.4p

90.4p

24.2%

25.7%

104.4p or above

27.2% or above

Vesting between the points above is on a sliding scale basis

SCHEME INTERESTS AWARDED DURING 2018 (AUDITED)
The following table sets out details of LTIP awards to Executive Directors during the 2018 financial year.

Executive Director

Type of interest

Basis of award

Face value

Threshold 
vesting (% of 
maximum)

John Tutte

Barbara Richmond

LTIP

LTIP

150% of salary

150% of salary

£875k

£495k

20%

20%

End of  
performance period

30 June 2020

30 June 2020

Awards to John Tutte and Barbara Richmond are made in the form of nil-cost options. 

The face value has been calculated using the average share price used to determine the number of shares 
awarded, being 593.5p (the average, over the three days to the date of grant).

89

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
 
90 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Shareholding guidelines and share interests
Under our shareholding guidelines, Executive Directors are expected to build and retain a shareholding in 
the Group at least equivalent to 200% of base salary. Until the shareholding guideline has been met, 
Executives will be required to retain all deferred bonus shares and LTIP shares on a net of tax basis. As 
shown in the table below, all Executive Directors currently meet this guideline. Non-Executive Directors are 
not subject to a shareholding guideline.

STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDING AND SCHEME INTERESTS (AUDITED)
The following table sets out the shareholding (including connected persons) of the Directors in the 
Company as at 30 June 2018 and current interests in long-term incentives.

Executive Directors

John Tutte

Barbara Richmond

Non-Executive Directors

Steve Morgan (i)

Debbie Hewitt

Nick Hewson

Liz Peace (ii)

Sir Michael Lyons

Vanda Murray

Number of shares 
beneficially held  
at 30 June 2018

Shareholding 
 as % of salary

Guideline met?

704,213

510,441

713%

915%

Yes

Yes

120,386,045

30,687

20,500

3,400

3,000

3,500

(i) 

 Steve Morgan’s interest includes those of his connected persons and is broken down as follows:

•  77,636,045 ordinary shares held by Steve Morgan indirectly through Bridgemere Securities Limited;

• 

• 

 25,950,000 ordinary shares held by The Steve Morgan Foundation, of which Steve Morgan is a trustee, for the 
beneficiaries of the Foundation; and

 4,200,000 ordinary shares each held by LKT Investments Limited, MSH Investments Limited, GEM Investments Limited and 
RSM Investments Limited (controlling 16,800,000 ordinary shares). Each of these entities are run for the benefit of Steve 
Morgan’s children.

(ii) 

 Liz Peace resigned from the Board on 31 August 2017. The shareholding shown is as at the date of her resignation. 

Shareholding as a percentage of salary is calculated using the shareholding and base salary as at 1 July 2018 
and the average share price for the final quarter of 2018.

The table below provides details of the interests of the Executive Directors in incentive awards during the year.

Awards 
held at  
30 June 
2017

Share Price 
on Grant
 £

Grant  
Date

Award 
Vested

Awards 
granted in 
year

Awards 
Exercised 
in year

Awards 
held at  
30 June 
2018

Exercise 
Price 
£

From

To

John Tutte

SAYE 2015

SAYE 2017

LTIP 2014

LTIP 2015

LTIP 2016

LTIP 2017

8,163

30/10/14

 –

30/10/17

189,474

08/09/14

112,348

14/09/15

138,882

12/09/16

 –

15/11/17

DEF BONUS 2015

 27,328

14/09/15

DEF BONUS 2016

67,732

12/09/16

DEF BONUS 2017

–

11/09/17

2.76

6.12

2.85

4.94

4.097

5.935

4.94

4.097

6.30

 8,163

 –

 (8,163)

–

–

 3,674

 –

3,674

2.21

4.90

01/01/18

01/07/18

01/01/21

01/07/21

 189,474

 –

 –

–

27,328

33,866

 –

 –

–

 147,346

 –

 –

 (189,474)

–

08/09/17 08/09/24

 –

–

 –

112,348

138,882

147,346

14/09/18

14/09/25

12/09/19

12/09/26

15/11/20

15/11/27

 (27,328)

–

14/09/16

14/09/25

 (33,866)

33,866

12/09/17

12/09/26

–

45,159

–

45,159

11/09/18

11/09/27

543,927

258,831

196,179

(258,831) 

481,275

Barbara Richmond

SAYE 2015

SAYE 2016

SAYE 2017

LTIP 2014

LTIP 2015

LTIP 2016

LTIP 2017

 4,081

11/11/13

2,812

28/10/16

 –

30/10/17

107,018 

08/09/14

63,462 

14/09/15

78,472 

12/09/16

 –

15/11/17

DEF BONUS 2015

 15,435

14/09/15

DEF BONUS 2016

38,260

12/09/16

DEF BONUS 2017

–

11/09/17

2.76

4.00

6.12

2.85

4.94

4.097

5.935

4.94

4.097

6.30

 4,081

 –

–

 107,018

 –

 –

–

15,435

19,130

 –

 –

 1,836

 –

 –

–

 83,404

(4,081) 

 –

– 

 (107,018)

 –

 –

– 

 –

 –

(15,435) 

 (19,130)

–

22,516

 –

–

2,812

1,836

–

63,462

78,472

83,404

–

19,130

22,516

2.21

3.20

4.90

01/01/18

01/07/18

01/01/20

01/07/20

01/01/21

01/07/21

08/09/17 08/09/24

14/09/18

14/09/25

12/09/19

12/09/26

15/11/20

15/11/27

14/09/16

14/09/25

12/09/17

12/09/26

11/09/18

11/09/27

309,540

145,664

107,756

(145,664) 

271,632

Steve Morgan*

LTIP 2010

LTIP 2011

LTIP 2012

LTIP 2013

LTIP 2014

LTIP 2015

LTIP 2016

78,625

18/02/11

367,012

21/09/11

271,739

23/10/12

183,158

24/09/13

162,105

08/09/14

96,154

14/09/15

1.30

1.10

1.54

2.37

2.85

4.94

118,867 

12/09/16

4.097

DEF BONUS 2012

137,897

23/10/12

DEF BONUS 2013

73,263

24/09/13

DEF BONUS 2014

78,246

08/09/14

DEF BONUS 2015

46,761

14/09/15

DEF BONUS 2016

57,969

12/09/16

DEF BONUS 2017

–

11/09/17

1,671,796

1.54

2.37

2.85

4.94

4.097

6.30

78,625

367,012

271,739

183,158

 162,105

 –

 –

137,897

73,263

78,246

46,761

28,985

–

1,427,791

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

–

–

–

–

–

–

38,651

38,651

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

–

–

–

–

–

 –

– 

78,625

367,012

271,739

183,158

162,105

96,154

118,867

137,897

73,263

78,246

46,761

57,969

38,651

1,710,447

18/02/14

19/04/21

21/09/14

20/09/21

23/10/15

22/10/22

24/09/16

24/09/23

08/09/17 08/09/24

14/09/18

14/09/25

12/09/19

12/09/26

23/10/13

22/10/22

24/09/14

24/09/23

08/09/15 08/09/24

14/09/16

14/09/25

12/09/17

12/09/26

11/09/18

11/09/27

i.  The performance conditions attached to the 2016 LTIP awards were disclosed in the 2017 Directors’ Remuneration Report.

ii.  The performance conditions attached to the 2017 LTIP awards are shown on page 89.

iii. There are no further performance conditions attached to the exercise of the deferred bonus awards.

iv.  Between 1 July 2018 and 3 September 2018 (being the latest practicable date prior to the posting of this report), there were no further changes to the 

directors’ interests set out in the Statement of shareholding and scheme interests above.

•  All scheme interests held by Steve Morgan are receivable in cash on terms which in all other respects mirror those for other Executive Directors.

91

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDING AND SCHEME INTERESTS (AUDITED) CONTINUED

Shareholding as a percentage of salary is calculated using the shareholding and base salary as at 1 July 2018 
and the average share price for the final quarter of the financial year ended 30 June 2018.

GAINS MADE BY DIRECTORS ON SHARE OPTIONS

The table below outlines the notional gains made by Directors on share options exercised during the year, 
calculated as at the exercise date.

Executive Director

John Tutte

Barbara Richmond

Scheme

SAYE 2015

LTIP 2014

No. shares 
exercised

Date of
exercise

8,163

02/01/18

189,474

08/09/17

DEF BONUS 2015

27,328

19/09/17

DEF BONUS 2016

33,866

13/09/17

SAYE 2015

LTIP 2014

4,081

02/01/18

107,018

08/09/17

DEF BONUS 2015

15,435

19/09/17

DEF BONUS 2016

19,130

13/09/17

Mid price
on date of
exercise 
(pence)

Notional gain on
exercise (£’000)

652.8

626.7

555.0

583.1

652.8

626.7

555.0

583.1

35

1,187

152

197

18

671

86

112

Pension
John Tutte is a deferred member of the Redrow Staff Pension Scheme (now closed to future accrual) and 
details of entitlements under this plan are set out below. He also receives a pension allowance supplement 
of 20% of salary. Barbara Richmond receives a pension allowance supplement equivalent to 20% of salary. 
The value of these cash supplements is included in the pension column of the Single Total Figure of 
Remuneration Table on page 87. John Tutte and Barbara Richmond are also covered by fixed term group 
income protection and death in service benefit.

TOTAL PENSION ENTITLEMENTS (AUDITED)
Details of the Executive Directors’ pension entitlements under the defined benefit section of the Redrow 
Staff Pension Scheme are as follows:

Director

Normal retirement date

Accrued benefit  
at 30 June 2018
£

Benefits paid to 
Director during period 
up to 30 June 2018
£

John Tutte

24 June 2021

55,602

Nil

Defined Benefit accrued 
during period up to  

30 June 2018
£

Nil

The normal retirement date shows the date at which the Director can retire without actuarial reduction. No 
additional benefit is available on early retirement.

The accrued pension shown above is the amount of pension entitlement that would be paid each year on 
retirement on the normal retirement date, based on service to 29 February 2012. The Scheme closed the 
accrual of future benefits with effect from 1 March 2012.

SUPPORTING DISCLOSURES AND ADDITIONAL CONTEXT
Percentage change in remuneration of Group Chief Executive
The table below shows the percentage change in the salary, benefits and annual bonus of the Group Chief 
Executive and of all Redrow employees who qualify for participation in the Company’s bonus and benefits 
plans between 2017 and 2018.

Salary

Benefits

Annual bonus

Group Chief 
Executive

All Redrow 
employees

2.5%

Nil%

2.5%

3.5%

-4.6%

-8.3%

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows total employee remuneration and distributions to shareholders, in respect of 2018 
and 2017 (and the difference between the two).

£m

Total employee remuneration 

Distributions to shareholders

2018

139

103

2017

Change (%)

120

63

+16%

+63%

Total employee remuneration represents amounts included in note 7a to the accounts in respect of wages, 
social security, pension and incentive costs for all Group employees. Distributions to shareholders include 
the total dividend in respect of each financial year (see note 5 to the financial statements). This represents 
28 pence per share in respect of 2018 compared to 17 pence per share in respect of 2017.

Performance graph and table
The chart below shows the TSR of Redrow in the nine year period to 30 June 2018 against the TSR of the 
FTSE 250 and FTSE Small Cap. TSR refers to share price growth with re-invested dividends. The 
Committee believes the FTSE 250 and FTSE Small Cap indices are the most appropriate indices against 
which the TSR of Redrow should be measured.

93

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

400 

350 

300 

250

200 

150

100 

50

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Redrow

FTSE 250

FTSE Small Cap

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
94 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

SUPPORTING DISCLOSURES AND ADDITIONAL CONTEXT CONTINUED

The table below provides remuneration data for the Chairman/Group Chief Executive (as applicable) for 
each of the nine financial years over the equivalent period.

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Name

Steve 
Morgan

Steve 
Morgan

Steve 
Morgan

Steve 
Morgan

Steve 
Morgan

John 
Tutte

John 
Tutte

John 
Tutte

John 
Tutte

Remuneration/ 
donations*

Bonus  
(% of Maximum)

LTIP vesting  
(% of Maximum)

£592k

£582k

£855k

£1,050k £1,922k £2,355k £1,916k

£2,463k £1,961k

52%

50%

50%

80%

100%

100%

100%

100%

96.7%

* 

** 

Liz Peace retired from the Board on 31 August 2017. 

Vanda Murray joined the Board on 1 August 2017. 

TABLE OF ATTENDANCE

Name

Debbie Hewitt

Nick Hewson

Liz Peace*

Sir Michael Lyons

Vanda Murray**

Role

Chairman

Member

Member

Member

Member

Attendance at Meetings 

3/3

3/3

1/1

3/3

2/2

As announced on 15 June 2018, Debbie Hewitt will retire from the Board following the close of the AGM on 
7 November 2018 at which point, assuming election by shareholders, Vanda Murray will become Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee. 

The Committee retained Deloitte LLP as independent advisor to the Committee during the year. Deloitte 
LLP was originally appointed by the Committee in 2010 following a selection process undertaken by the 
Committee. Deloitte LLP is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and as such voluntarily 
operates under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. The 
Committee is comfortable that the Deloitte LLP engagement partner and team that provide remuneration 
advice to the Committee do not have connections with Redrow plc that may impair their objectivity and 
independence. The fees charged by Deloitte LLP for the provision of independent advice to the Committee 
during 2018 were £13,900. Deloitte LLP also provides the Company with tax advisory services but does not 
have any other connection with the Company.

Statement of voting at Annual General Meeting
At the Annual General Meeting held on 9 November 2017, votes cast by proxy and at the meeting in 
respect of directors’ remuneration report are shown in the table.

Resolution

No.

%

No.

%

Votes For

Votes Against

Total  

votes cast
exc withheld

Votes 
 withheld

Approval of 
Remuneration Report 
for year ended  
30 June 2017

Approval of 
Remuneration Policy

By order of the Board

294,952,301

99.96

115,267

0.04 295,067,568

2,174,169

295,928,671

99.97

88,112

0.03

296,016,783

1,224,954

DEBBIE HEWITT
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

3 September 2018

0%

0%

0%

19%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

* 

 For Steve Morgan, this value includes the nominal salary and benefits disclosed in the Single Total Figure of Remuneration 
Table as well as Company donations to The Steve Morgan Foundation, a UK registered charity of which Steve Morgan is a 
trustee, reflecting notional salary and waived annual cash bonus in respect of the relevant year, as disclosed in the footnotes to 
the Single Total Figure of Remuneration Table and in the Directors’ Report on page 99 and in note 22 to the financial 
statements. It also includes the value of deferred bonus and vested LTIP cash awards in respect of each relevant year 
(calculated in accordance with the methodology applicable to the Single Total Figure of Remuneration Table).

External non-executive directorships held by Executive Directors 
It is the Committee’s policy that, with the approval of the Board, Executive Directors may hold one non-
executive directorship at another company in order to broaden their knowledge and experience to the 
benefit of the Company. The Executive Director may retain any fee received for these duties. Barbara 
Richmond is a non-executive director of Lonza Group Ltd and in line with the committee’s policy, she is 
entitled to retain the fees from this appointment. She received fees of £169k during 2018 (£170k during 2017). 
This represented 220,000 Euros in both years.

Consideration of directors’ remuneration – Remuneration Committee and advisors
The Remuneration Committee is comprised solely of Non-Executive Directors and comprises Debbie Hewitt 
as Chairman, Nick Hewson, Vanda Murray and Sir Michael Lyons. Liz Peace stepped down from the 
Committee on 31 August 2017 and Vanda Murray joined the Committee on 1 August 2017.

The Committee has agreed Terms of Reference detailing its authority and responsibilities. The Terms of 
Reference of the Committee are kept under regular review and are published on the Group’s website and 
include:

•  determining the Remuneration Policy in respect of the Executive Directors and the Company Secretary 
(together ‘the Senior Executives’), taking into account the context of the Company’s overall approach to 
remuneration for all employees and within this Policy determining the total individual package of each 
Senior Executive;

•   determining performance targets and the extent of their achievement for both annual and long-term 

incentive awards operated by the Company affecting Senior Executives; and

•   monitoring and approving the level and structure of remuneration of the Managing Directors immediately 

below the Senior Executives.

The Committee meets as often as is required but at least twice per year. The Committee met three times 
during the course of the financial year ended 30 June 2018 and details of Committee attendance are set 
out in the following table.

95

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
96 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Report

OTHER STATUTORY DISCLOSURES
The Companies Act 2006 (“the Act”) requires the 
Directors to present a fair review of the business 
during the year to 30 June 2018 and of the position 
of the Company at the end of the financial year 
together with the financial statements, Auditor’s 
Report and a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties which the Company faces. The 
Strategic Report can be found on pages 1 to 59 of 
the Annual Report. The FCA’s Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules require certain information 
to be included which can be found in the Corporate 
Governance Report on pages 60 to 103.

There were no significant events since the balance 
sheet date. An indication of likely future 
developments in the business of the Company and 
details of the Company’s use of financial 
instruments for risk management purposes are 
included in the Strategic Report.

The Corporate Governance Report and the 
Strategic Report, together with the Notice of Annual 
General Meeting including the explanatory notes 
and sections of the Annual Report incorporated by 
reference, form part of the Directors’ Report which is 
presented in accordance with, and with reliance 
upon, applicable English company law. The liabilities 
of the Directors in connection with this report shall 
be limited as provided by English Law.

The table opposite sets out where key information 
can be found in the Annual Report.

Employment 
Policies

The Redrow 
Employee 
Benefit Trust 
(“the 
Employee 
Benefit 
Trust”)

Subject

Page Reference

Dividends

Capital 
Structure 
(details of the 
issued share 
capital)

Directors

See note 5 of the financial 
statements on page 120.

See note 17 of the financial 
statements on page 139.

•   See page 62 to 63 detailing the 
Directors who served during the 
year.

•   Biographical details of the 

Directors of the Company who are 
seeking election and re-election 
at the 2018 AGM are set out on 
pages 62 to 63.

•   Details of Director’ interests, 
including interests in the 
Company’s shares, are disclosed 
in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on page 90.

Details of the Company’s 
employment policies may be found 
in the Directors’ Report on page 
99.

Details of the shares held by the 
Employee Benefit Trust may be 
found in the Directors’ Report on 
page 98.

Environmental, 
social and 
governance 
(ESG) 
disclosures

Details of the Company’s approach 
to diversity and ESG disclosures 
governance can be found in the 
Directors’ Report on pages 96 to 
101.

Redrow plc 
Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
(LTIP)

Details of the Company’s LTIP are set 
out in note 7d of the consolidated 
financial statements on pages 122 to 
125 and the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 80 to 95.

Greenhouse 
gas emissions

All disclosures on the Company’s 
greenhouse gas emissions, as 
required to be disclosed under 
Schedule 7 of The Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and 
Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008 and the 
Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report) 
Regulations 2013 are contained in 
the Directors’ Report on page 100.

77,636,045 shares, representing 20.99% of the 
issued share capital of Redrow. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Board remains committed to high standards of 
corporate governance; details relating to the 
Company’s compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code are given in the Corporate 
Governance Report on pages 60 to 103.

DIRECTORS
The Directors of the Company during the year to the 
date of this report and the current Directors are 
listed on pages 62 to 63 together with their 
biographical details.

Details of Directors’ pay, service contracts, and 
Directors’ interests in the ordinary shares of the 
Company, are included in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 80 to 95.

Formal appraisals of the Executive Directors were 
undertaken during the financial year. All the 
Non-Executive Directors underwent an annual 
appraisal conducted by the Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director. The Board confirms that 
John Tutte and Barbara Richmond, who stand for 
re-appointment as Executive Directors and Steve 
Morgan, Nick Hewson, Sir Michael Lyons and Vanda 
Murray who stand for re-appointment as Non-
Executive Directors, continue to be effective and 
demonstrate the appropriate commitment to their 
roles.

The Executive Directors have formal service 
agreements and termination of their employment 
may be effective by 12 months’ notice given by the 
Company.

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, all the Directors, will retire at the Annual 
General Meeting to be held on Wednesday, 7 
November 2018, and, being eligible, offer 
themselves for re-appointment, with the exception 
of Debbie Hewitt. Debbie Hewitt will retire from the 
Board at the close of the 2018 Annual General 
Meeting. 

The Directors have pleasure in presenting to the 
shareholders their report and audited consolidated 
financial statements for the 12 months ended 30 
June 2018.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
The Group made a profit after tax of £308m (2017: 
£253m). An interim dividend of 9.0p (2017: 6.0p) net 
per share was paid on 4 May 2017. The Board 
proposes to pay on 13 November 2018, subject to 
shareholder approval at the 2018 Annual General 
Meeting, a final dividend of 19.0p (2017: Final 
Dividend: 11.0p) net per share in respect of the year 
ended 30 June 2018 to shareholders on the 
Register as at the close of business on 21 
September 2018. The Company’s dividend  
re-investment plan gives shareholders the 
opportunity to re-invest their dividends.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
Notice of the 2018 Annual General Meeting to be 
held on Wednesday, 7 November 2018 will be sent 
to shareholders separately. Members wishing to 
vote should return forms of proxy to the Company’s 
Registrar not less than 48 hours before the time for 
holding the meeting. The formal notice convening 
the Annual General Meeting, together with 
explanatory notes, will be found in a separate 
circular which will be sent to shareholders 
separately and will be available on the Company’s 
website. Shareholders will also find with the Notice 
of Annual General Meeting a form of proxy for use in 
connection with the meeting.

The Board noted that Resolution 16 relating to the 
approval of the terms of the waiver received a vote 
of 58.68% against at the 2017 Annual General 
Meeting. The waiver would have permitted the 
Concert Party’s percentage interest in the 
Company’s shares to increase from 32.70% to a 
maximum of 36.34% (in each case representing 
120,942,378 ordinary shares) as a result of share buy 
backs authorised by Resolution 19 without requiring 
the Concert Party to make a mandatory offer for 
other shareholders’ shares. 

The Board consulted with a number of shareholders 
and proxy advisor bodies prior to the 2017 Annual 
General Meeting to discuss their concerns relating 
to the waiver and has assessed the feedback 
received after the Annual General Meeting. The 
Board continues to take its responsibility to engage 
with shareholders seriously. Since the 2018 Annual 
General Meeting, Steve Morgan has diluted his 
shareholding further by transferring 16,800,000 
shares for the benefit of his children as part of 
long-term inheritance planning. As a result of the 
transfer, Steve Morgan’s shareholding reduced to 

97

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
98 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Report continued

DIRECTORS INTERESTS
Related party transactions are disclosed in  
note 22 to the Financial Statements. A summary  
of remuneration provided to key management 
personnel is provided in note 7c.

POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS
Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association, 
UK legislation and any of the directions given by 
Special Resolution, the business of the Company is 
managed by the Board, which may exercise all the 
powers of the Company. Directors have been 
authorised to allot and issue shares by way of 
Resolutions of the Company passed at its Annual 
General Meeting.

The rules in relation to the appointment and 
replacement of Directors are as set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association and applicable 
English company law. The Articles of Association 
can only be amended, or new Articles adopted, by a 
resolution passed by shareholders in general 
meeting by at least three quarters of the votes cast.

CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The Company has an authorised share capital of 
480,000,000 ordinary shares of 10p each of which 
369,799,938 have been issued. The Company has 
one class of ordinary shares which carry ordinary 
rights to dividends (subject to the Company’s 
Articles of Association). Each share carries the right 
to one vote at general meetings of the Company in 
respect of resolutions which are taken on a poll.

No person has any special rights of control over the 
Company’s share capital and all issued shares are 
fully paid.

Authority was given to the Directors at last year’s 
Annual General Meeting to allot unissued shares up 
to an aggregate nominal amount of £12,326,665 
equivalent to approximately 33% of the Company’s 
issued share capital and up to a further aggregate 
nominal amount of £12,326,665 in connection with 
an offer by way of a rights issue. The authority was 
not exercised during the period ended 30 June 
2018 or prior to the date of this Report. The 
Company has no current intention of exercising the 
authority but nevertheless as this authority expires 
at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting the 
Directors will be seeking new authorities as set out 
in the Notice of Annual General Meeting.

aggregate nominal value of £3,697,999.30. This 
authority will expire at the Annual General Meeting, 
and no such purchases were made during the 
financial year ended 30 June 2018.

VOTING AND TRANSFER OF SHARES
The Company’s Articles of Association do not contain 
any specific restrictions on the size of a shareholder’s 
holding or on the transfer of shares.

The Company is not aware of any agreements 
between shareholders that may result in restrictions 
on the transfer of securities and/or voting rights.

The Company’s Articles of Association do not contain, 
and the Company is not aware of, any restrictions on 
voting rights, including any limitations on voting rights 
of holders of a given percentage or number of votes, 
deadlines for exercising voting rights and 
arrangements by which the Company’s co-operation, 
financial rights carried by securities are held by a 
person other than the holder of the securities.

Zedra Trust Company (Guernsey) Limited, as trustee 
of the Employee Benefit Trust, held 8,776,804 shares 
(2.37%) in the Company as at 30 June 2018 on trust 
for the benefit of employees of the Company. The 
voting rights attaching to the shares held by the 
Employee Benefit Trust are exercisable by the 
Trustee and there are no restrictions on the exercise 
of the voting of, or acceptance of any offer relating to 
those shares. The Employee Benefit Trust agreed to 
waive its right to the final dividend over 1.3m shares 
being part of its total shareholding.

SUBSTANTIAL HOLDINGS IN THE COMPANY
As at 30 June 2018, the Company has been advised 
of the following notifiable interests of 3% or more in 
its ordinary shares:

Bridgemere Securities Limited

77,636,045 20.99%

The Steve Morgan Foundation

25,950,000

7.02%

Vidacos Nominees/HSBC

18,770,138

5.08%

Schroders plc

18,359,023

4.97%

Standard Life Aberdeen plc

18,328,079

4.95%

FIL Limited

BlackRock Inc

17,343,977

4.69%

15,277,577

4.13%

On 25 July 2018, the following notification was 
received:

Authority was given to the Directors at last year’s 
Annual General Meeting to make market purchases 
of the Company’s ordinary shares up to an 

Woodford Investment 
Management Ltd

18,774,573

5.07%

The persons set out in the table above have notified 
the Company pursuant to Rule 5 of the Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules of their interests 
in the ordinary share capital of the Company.

Otherwise, no changes in the above holdings had 
been notified.

CHANGE OF CONTROL
The Company’s banking facilities require repayment 
in the event of a change of control. In addition the 
Company’s employee share incentive schemes 
contain provisions, whereby, upon a change of 
control, outstanding options and awards would vest 
and become exercisable by the relevant employees, 
subject to the rules of the schemes.

There are no agreements between the Company 
and its Directors or employees providing for 
compensation for loss of office or employment in 
event of a takeover bid.

EMPLOYEES 
The Company’s employment policies do not 
discriminate between employees or potential 
employees on the grounds of gender, sexual 
orientation, age, colour, creed, ethnic origin, 
religious beliefs, pregnancy or maternity or trade 
union membership. It is Company policy to give full 
and fair consideration to applications for 
employment by, and the employment and training 
needs of, disabled persons (and in the case of 
employment needs, persons who become disabled 
whilst employed by the Company) where 
requirements may be adequately covered by these 
persons and to comply with any current legislation 
with regard to disabled persons.

The Company places considerable importance on 
the provision of training and development of its 
employees through training@redrow. Training is 
administered at a purpose built in-house training 
facility at Tamworth. Training@redrow completed 
6,541 training days during the year ended 30 June 
2018, including those which support the Company’s 
induction process.

The Directors recognise the importance of good 
communications with employees. The Divisions are 
encouraged to make their employees aware of the 
financial and economic factors affecting their 
respective Divisions and the Company as a whole.

This is assisted through the medium of regular 
management meetings, staff publications, its 
internal staff ‘Insight Magazine’ and ‘Engage’, the 
Redrow intranet. Employees are consulted on a 
regular basis so that employee views may be taken 
into account when decisions are made that may 
affect their interests.

Employee share ownership is encouraged through 
savings related schemes.

DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION POLICY
The Company recognises that our continued success 
depends upon our ability to recruit the right people, 
retain them and help them to reach their full potential.

The Company believes that attracting a diverse 
range of skills and abilities will enable us to meet the 
challenge of the growing skills gap in the sector.

The Company is firmly committed to giving every 
potential recruit and employee the same 
opportunities irrespective of their gender, race, 
ethnic or national origin, disability, age, sexuality, 
religious belief, marital status or social class.

As such the Company opposes all forms of unlawful 
or unjust discrimination and requires all colleagues to 
comply with legislation in this area and strive for best 
practice.

The Company embeds this through awareness and 
training in the following policies:

•  Diversity and Inclusion Policy

•  Employee Policy

•  Recruitment and Selection Policy

•  Disciplinary and Grievance Policy and Procedures

CHARITABLE AND POLITICAL DONATIONS
The Group made no political donations but paid 
£0.5m in charitable donations during the year, being 
£0.4m in respect of national charities and £0.1m in 
support of local charities. The Company and its 
employees are actively involved in fundraising 
activities for specific charities. The Company made 
a £0.3m donation during the year to The Steve 
Morgan Foundation, a UK registered charity of 
which Steve Morgan is a Trustee. This is included 
within the charitable donations in respect of national 
charities noted above.

99

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
100 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Report continued

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS
Greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions data for the period 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2018 are set out in the table below.

Emissions from:

Scope 1 activities:

• Direct emissions from combustion of fuels  

and business travel

Scope 2 activities:

Current  
Reporting Year

(1 July 17 to  
30 June 18)

Comparison 
Year
(1 July 16 to  
30 June 17)

Units

12,006

11,128

tonnes of CO2e

• Indirect emissions from purchased electricity

2,275

2,956

tonnes of CO2e

Total emissions:

• (Scope 1 + Scope 2)

Intensity ratio: 

14,281

14,084

tonnes of CO2e

Total emissions per 100m2 of build

2.48

2.50

tonnes of CO2e per 100m2 of build

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
The Company has a centralised Product 
Development Team charged with identifying and 
evaluating new construction techniques and 
products. In addition, the Company has a 
centralised Sustainability Team, as these issues play 
a prominent role in the Company’s activities. The 
Company recognises its responsibilities to the 
community as a whole and has adopted an 
environment strategy which is a core part of the 
Company’s objectives.

The charge to the income statement in respect of 
research and development in the year ended 30 
June 2018 was £0.6m (2017: £0.6m).

METHODOLOGY
This disclosure includes all of the emission sources 
required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013. 
These sources fall within our consolidated financial 
statement and we do not have responsibility for any 
emission sources that are not included in our 
consolidated statement.

A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard. 
Further details and the independent assurance 
report can be found at www.redrowplc.co.uk/
building-responsibly/managing-our-resources-
efficiently.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Company has commenced a tender process 
for the appointment of new Auditors. The tender 
process will be supervised by the Audit 
Committee, who will then make a recommendation 
to the Board on the appointment of the 
replacement Auditor. Following the appointment, 
an announcement will be made.

In the meantime, a resolution to re-appoint 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as external Auditors 
will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 
Wednesday, 7 November 2018.

PROVISION OF INFORMATION  
TO AUDITORS:
In the case of each Director in office at the date the 
Directors’ report is approved, confirm that:

Emissions have been calculated using the UK 
Government’s Greenhouse Gas Conversion Factors 
for Company Reporting. Reported Scope 2 emissions 
are calculated using location-based method.

(a)  so far as the Director is aware, there is no 

relevant audit information (as defined in section 
418(3) of the Companies Act 2006) of which the 
Company’s Auditors are unaware; and 

This inventory of greenhouse gas emissions has 
been verified by SGS to a limited level of assurance, 
in accordance with ISO 14064-3:2006, as meeting 
the requirements of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol – 

(b)  they have taken all of the steps that they ought 
to have taken as a Director in order to make 
themselves aware of any such relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s 
Auditors are aware of that information.

GOING CONCERN
The Directors have acknowledged the guidance on 
going concern and financial reporting published by 
the Financial Reporting Council in October 2009.

As explained in the Financial Review on pages 48 to 
51, the Group maintains adequate committed 
banking facilities. As stated in note 14 to the financial 
statements, at 30 June 2018, the Group had £245m 
of undrawn committed borrowing facilities available.

After making appropriate enquiries, the Directors 
consider they have a reasonable expectation for 
stating that the Group and the Company have 
adequate resources to continue trading for the 
foreseeable future. These enquiries consisted of a 
detailed review of the Group’s financial forecast for 
the period to 31 December 2019. The forecasts take 
into account current market trends with reasonable 
judgements and estimates applied to arrive at future 
cash flow estimates. As part of the review, the 
Group analysed its forecast covenant compliance 
over this period linked to its banking facility, arriving 
at an assessment of the headroom evident between 
the forecast covenant test outturn and the outturn 
necessary to achieve covenant compliance. The 
review confirmed headroom within both financial 
covenants and facilities.

Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

By order of the Board

GRAHAM COPE
Company Secretary  
Redrow plc

Registered no: 2877315

3 September 2018

101

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
102 

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions 
are listed below confirms that, to the best of their 
knowledge:

•  that the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Group and the Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

The Directors of Redrow plc as at the date of this 
statement are: 

Steve Morgan 

Chairman

John Tutte 

Group Chief Executive

Barbara Richmond 

Group Finance Director

Debbie Hewitt 

 Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Nick Hewson 

Non-Executive Director

Sir Michael Lyons 

Non-Executive Director

Vanda Murray 

Non-Executive Director

By order of the Board

GRAHAM COPE
Company Secretary 

3 September 2018

Redrow plc 
Redrow House 
St. David’s Park 
Flintshire 
CH5 3RX 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the 
Annual Report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial 12 month 
period. Under that law, the Directors have prepared 
the Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) 
as adopted by the European Union and Company 
financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by 
the European Union. Under company law, the 
Directors must not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and 
Company and of the profit or loss of the Group and 
Company for that period. In preparing these 
financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the 

European Union have been followed for the 
Group financial statements and IFRSs as adopted 
by the European Union have been followed for 
the Company financial statements, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that 

are reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going 
concern basis unless it is inappropriate to 
presume that the Group and the Company will 
continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Group and the Company and 
hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Group and the Company’s transactions 
and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Group and the Company 
and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
comply with the Companies Act 2006, and, as 
regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of 
the IAS Regulation.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation 
in the United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

103

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

LYON SQUARE, HARROW, LONDON

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
104 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Auditors’ Report
To the Members of Redrow plc

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Opinion
In our opinion, Redrow plc’s group financial statements and 
company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

•   give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the 

company’s affairs as at 30 June 2018 and of the group’s 
profit and the group’s and the company’s cash flows for the 
12 month period (the “period”) then ended;

•   have been properly prepared in accordance with 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 
adopted by the European Union and, as regards the 
company’s financial statements, as applied in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

•   have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

•  We have audited the financial statements, included within the 
Annual Report 2018 (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the 
Group and Company balance sheets as at 30 June 2018; the 
consolidated income statement and statement of 
comprehensive income, the Group and Company statement of 
cash flows, and the Group and Company statement of 
changes in equity for the 12 month period then ended; the 
accounting policies; and the notes to the financial statements.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit 
Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the 
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we 
have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the 
ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, 
as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with 
these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that 
non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard 
were not provided to the group or the company.

Other than those disclosed in note 2 to the financial statements, 
we have provided no non-audit services to the group or the 
company in the period from 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2018.

Our audit approach
Overview

•   Overall group materiality: £19.00 million (2017: £15.75 million), 

based on 5% of profit before tax.

Materiality

•   Overall company materiality: £7.79 million (2017: £4.90 million), 

based on 1% of total assets.

Audit scope

•   Two financially significant companies in the Group, being Redrow 

Homes Limited, and Redrow plc. 

•   The components where we performed our audit work, accounted 

for 98.4% of revenue and 94.4% of profit before tax.

Key audit 
matters

•   Valuation of inventory (Group).

•   Valuation of pension scheme surplus (Group and Company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements. In particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant 
accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. 

We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the group and the industry in which it operates, 
and considered the risk of acts by the group which were contrary to applicable laws and regulations, including fraud. We 
designed audit procedures at group and significant component level to respond to the risk, recognising that the risk of not 

detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. We focused on 
laws and regulations that could give rise to a material misstatement in the group and company financial statements, including, but 
not limited to, the listing rules, pensions legislation and UK tax legislation. Our tests included, but were not limited to, reviewing 
the financial statements disclosures and agreeing to underlying supporting documentation where necessary. We made enquiries 
with management to obtain further understanding of current and potential risks of non-compliance. There are inherent limitations 
in the audit procedures described above and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events 
and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we would become aware of it.

We did not identify any key audit matters relating to irregularities, including fraud. As in all of our audits we also addressed the 
risk of management override of internal controls, including testing journals and evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by 
the directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or 
not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the 
allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we 
make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, 
and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all 
risks identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of inventory (Group)
See the Accounting Policies for the directors’ 
disclosures of related accounting policies and key 
accounting estimates. See note 13 for the detailed 
disclosures on the inventory balance at year end.

The Group holds inventory in the form of land for 
development, work in progress and showhomes with a 
carrying value of £2,291m, net of provisions.

The carrying value of inventory is determined by 
reference to a number of assumptions and 
judgements, which are subject to levels of estimation. 
These include regular updates to site appraisals for 
latest sales prices and costs to complete, the 
availability of mortgage financing for customers, the 
availability of Government schemes aiding first-time 
buyers, and assessments of the likelihood of obtaining 
planning permission on land held for development.

Changes in any of these key judgements could lead to 
a material change in the carrying value of inventory.

We tested management’s controls over the process for estimating 
the expected remaining build costs, including the budgeting and 
review processes.

We have also attended a divisional commercial meeting to 
understand and observe the process for discussing build progress 
at individual sites, updating cost to complete accruals, investigating 
build variances, and any potential issues with planning permission 
on sites held.

We inspected evidence of the Board’s review of divisional 
management’s forecast sales prices.

We have observed a sample of site assessments performed at 
month ends to determine the progress of the site build.

We did not identify any significant deficiencies of control during 
these procedures.

We reviewed management’s forecasts to identify any non-profitable 
sites, assessing management’s assumptions relating to these sites 
and ensuring adequate provisions were included for them. We 
compared forecast sales prices to actual prices achieved post 
year-end and assessed the accuracy of management’s historical 
forecasts by comparing net realisable values recognised in the prior 
year with actual sales prices achieved in the current year. All sites 
identified through this procedure were either already included in 
management’s provision, or related to build variances which form 
part of a separate provision. 

For significant sites that have not yet been developed, we 
considered the latest stage of planning applications and assessed 
the accuracy of management’s historical estimates by comparing 
previous estimated impairments to actual outturns achieved. We did 
not identify any material differences between management’s 
estimations and actual results achieved.

No material differences were identified from our testing performed.

105

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
106 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Auditors’ Report continued
To the Members of Redrow plc

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of pension scheme surplus (Group 
and Company)
See the Accounting Policies for the directors’ 
disclosures of related accounting policies and key 
accounting estimates. See note 7e for the detailed 
disclosures on the pension scheme surplus.

The Group operates a defined benefit pension 
scheme with a net surplus of £22 million at the year 
end. This surplus is derived from assets with a gross 
value of £133 million less the present value of 
obligations of £111 million, both of which are significant 
in the context of the overall balance sheet and the 
results of the Group.

The valuation of this net surplus is dependent on the 
application of significant judgements in the actuarial 
assumptions, in particular discount rates, future Retail 
Price Index (‘RPI’) inflation and mortality rates, and the 
expected returns on investments.

Changes in any of the key actuarial assumptions 
could lead to a material movement in the calculated 
net surplus.

We obtained and read the IAS19 valuation report that was prepared 
by the Group’s independent firm of actuaries and used by the 
directors in calculating the value of the Group’s surplus in respect of 
the defined benefit pension scheme.

We have reviewed the pension scheme membership data provided 
to management’s actuary in relation to deferred members on which 
the pension surplus is calculated.

We used our own actuarial experts to assess the judgemental 
assumptions within the valuation report, specifically the discount 
rate, future RPI inflation, mortality rates and expected returns on 
investments. The results of our audit work indicated that the 
financial and demographic assumptions were within a reasonable 
range.

We reviewed management’s assessment of the right to recognise 
the net pension surplus under the requirements of IFRIC 14 and in 
light of the Scheme Rules are satisfied that it is appropriate to 
recognise the surplus.

No material differences were identified from our testing performed.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, 
and the industry in which they operate.

The Group comprises one principal trading company and a number of smaller subsidiaries and joint ventures, all of which are 
based in the UK. We performed audits of the two financially significant companies in the Group, being Redrow plc and Redrow 
Homes Limited. This gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the Group financial statements. All work was performed 
by the Group engagement team.

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements. In particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant 
accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent 
of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

How we determined it

Rationale for benchmark applied

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

£19.0 million (2017: £15.75 million).

£7.79 million (2017: £4.9 million).

5% of profit before tax.

1% of total assets.

We believe that profit before tax is the 
primary measure used by the 
shareholders in assessing the 
performance of the Group, and is a 
generally accepted auditing benchmark.

We believe that total assets is the 
primary measure used by the 
shareholders in assessing the position of 
the Holding Company, and is a generally 
accepted auditing benchmark.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. 
The range of materiality allocated across components was between £7.79 million and £18.80 million. Certain components were 
audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £0.9 
million (Group audit) (2017: £0.8 million) and £0.4 million (Company audit) (2017: £0.2 million) as well as misstatements below 
those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going concern
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows:

Reporting obligation

Outcome

We are required to report if we have anything material to add or draw attention to 
in respect of the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether 
the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing the financial statements and the directors’ identification 
of any material uncertainties to the group’s and the company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern over a period of at least twelve months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements.

We have nothing material to add or 
to draw attention to. However, 
because not all future events or 
conditions can be predicted, this 
statement is not a guarantee as to 
the group’s and company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern.

We are required to report if the directors’ statement relating to Going Concern in 
accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with our 
knowledge obtained in the audit.

We have nothing to report.

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ 
report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover 
the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in 
this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the 
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, 
we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a 
material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these 
responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK 
Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 
(CA06), ISAs (UK) and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require us also to report certain opinions and 
matters as described below (required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated).

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and 
Directors’ Report for the period ended 30 June 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements. (CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. (CA06)

107

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
108 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Auditors’ Report continued
To the Members of Redrow plc

The directors’ assessment of the prospects of the group and of the principal risks that would threaten the 
solvency or liquidity of the group

We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding:

•  The directors’ confirmation on page 102 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 

principal risks facing the group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or 
liquidity.

•   The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.

•   The directors’ explanation on page 102 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, 
over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to 
whether they have a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the group. Our 
review was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ 
process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering whether the statements are consistent with the knowledge and 
understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit. (Listing Rules)

Other Code Provisions

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when: 

•   The statement given by the directors, on page 102, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, 
balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and 
company’s position and performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the 
group and company obtained in the course of performing our audit.

•   The section of the Annual Report on page 70 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address 

matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

•   The directors’ statement relating to the company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure 

from a relevant provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors.

Directors’ Remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006. (CA06)

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities set out on page 102, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 

is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save 
where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

OTHER REQUIRED REPORTING
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•   adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or

•   certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•   the company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with 

the accounting records and returns.  

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the members on 5 January 1987 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ended 30 June 1987 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is 32 years, covering the years ended 30 June 1987 to 30 June 2018.

ARIF AHMAD
(Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
Manchester

3 September 2018

109

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
110 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Income Statement
For the 12 months ended 30 June

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Financial income

Financial costs

Net financing costs

Share of profit of joint ventures after interest and taxation

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Earnings per share – basic

 – diluted

Note

2

3

3

10

4

6

6

2018
£m

1,920

(1,451)

469

(87)

382

3

(10)

(7)

5

380

(72)

308

2017
£m

 1,660 

(1,255)

 405 

(83)

 322 

4

(12)

(8)

1

315

(62)

253

85.3p

85.2p

70.2p

70.0p

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the 12 months ended 30 June

Group

Company

Note

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Remeasurements of post employment benefit obligations

7e

Deferred tax on actuarial (gains)/losses taken directly to equity

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year net of tax

2018 
£m

308

22

(4)

18

2017 
£m

253

(8)

1

(7)

Total comprehensive income for the year

18

326

246

2018 
£m

1

22

(4)

18

19

2017 
£m

51

(8)

1

(7)

44

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Balance Sheets
As at 30 June

Assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments

Deferred tax assets

Retirement benefit surplus

Trade and other receivables

Total non-current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Equity

Retained earnings at 1 July 2017

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

Dividend Paid

Movement in LTIP/SAYE

Retained earnings

Share capital

Share premium account

Other reserves

Total equity

Liabilities

Bank loans

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Long-term provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Bank overdrafts and loans

Trade and other payables

Current income tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

8

9

10

11

7e

12

13

12

14f

18

17

18

18

14

15

11

7e

16

14b

15

Group

2018
£m

Company

2017 
£m

2018
£m

2017 
£m

2

15

6

4

22

8

57

2

16

27

5

–

11

61

2,218

2,043

42

90

2,350

2,407

1,131

308

18

(74)

(4)

1,379

37

59

8

35

62

2,140

2,201

937

253

(7)

(44)

(8)

1,131

37

59

8

1,483

1,235

5

178

5

–

9

197

22

671

34

727

924

90

197

3

2

8

300

45

585

36

666

966

2,407

2,201

–

–

–

–

22

–

22

–

675

89

764

786

701

1

18

(74)

–

646

37

59

7

749

5

–

–

–

–

5

–

30

2

32

37

786

–

–

–

3

–

–

3

–

945

61

1,006

1,009

701

51

(7)

(44)

–

701

37

59

7

804

90

–

–

2

–

92

83

27

3

113

205

1,009

The financial statements on pages 110 to 142 were approved by the Board of Directors on 3 September 2018 and were signed on 
its behalf by:

JOHN TUTTE 
Director   

BARBARA RICHMOND
Director

Redrow plc Registered Number 2877315

111

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
112 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Statement of Changes in Equity
For the 12 months ended 30 June

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Statement of Cash Flows
For the 12 months ended 30 June

Group

Company

Group

Company

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

Total comprehensive income relating to the year (net)

Dividend paid

Movement in LTIP/SAYE

Net increase/(decrease) in equity

Opening equity

Closing equity

Note

18

18

2018
 £m

308

18

326

(74)

(4)

248

1,235

1,483

2017
 £m

253

(7)

246

(44)

(8)

194

1,041

1,235

2018
 £m

1

18

19

(74)

–

(55)

804

749

2017 
£m

51

(7)

44

(44)

–

–

804

804

The above items are presented net of tax where appropriate. See note 4 and note 11 for information on income tax and deferred  
tax expense. 

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Income Statement of Redrow plc is not presented as a part of these 
financial statements.

The consolidated profit on ordinary activities after taxation for the financial year, excluding intra-Group dividends, is made up 
as follows:

Holding company

Subsidiary companies

2018 
£m

1

307

308

2017 
£m

5

248

253

Note

Cash flows from operating activities

Operating profit/(loss) 

Depreciation and amortisation

Adjustment for non-cash items

Operating profit/(loss) before changes in  
working capital and provisions

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase in inventories

Increase in trade and other payables

Increase in provisions

Cash inflow generated from operations

Interest paid

Tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisition of software, property, plant and equipment

Interest received

Net receipts from/(net payments) to joint ventures 
– continuing operations

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Issue of bank borrowings

Repayment of bank borrowings

Purchase of own shares

Dividend paid

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities

Increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents

Net cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

19

2018
 £m

382

3

(6)

379

(5)

(175)

76

1

276

(4)

(74)

198

(2)

–

26

24

5

(90)

(12)

(74)

(171)

51

17

68

2017
 £m

322

2

(5)

319

6

(140)

3

1

189

(5)

(56)

128

(1)

–

(1)

(2)

90

(230)

(16)

(44)

(200)

(74)

91

17

2018
 £m

2017
 £m

(2)

–

(2)

(4)

270

–

3

–

269

(3)

–

266

–

4

–

4

5

(90)

–

(74)

(159)

111

(22)

89

(3)

–

–

(3)

19

–

2

–

18

(3)

–

15

–

13

–

13

90

(230)

–

(44)

(184)

(156)

134

(22)

113

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
114 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Accounting Policies

Both the consolidated and Company financial statements have 
been prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union 
(EU) and effective at 30 June 2018, and in accordance with 
IFRS Interpretations Committee interpretations and the 
Companies Act 2006 as it applies to companies reporting 
under IFRS and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and in 
accordance with the historical cost convention as modified by 
the revaluation of derivative financial instruments.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS 
requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet 
date and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses 
during the reporting period. Whilst these estimates are based 
on management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or 
actions, actual results ultimately may differ from those 
estimates (refer to note 1).

The financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis.

Redrow plc is a public listed company, listed on the London 
Stock Exchange and domiciled in the UK.

The principal accounting policies have been applied 
consistently in the periods presented.

The principal accounting policies are outlined below:

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial 
statements of Redrow plc and all its subsidiaries, together with 
the Group’s share of the results and share of net assets of 
jointly controlled entities i.e. the financial statements of Redrow 
plc and entities controlled by Redrow plc (and its subsidiaries). 
Control is achieved where Redrow plc has the power to govern 
the financial and operating policies of an entity. Redrow plc’s 
accounting reference date is 30 June. Consistent with the 
normal monthly reporting process, the actual date to which 
the balance sheet has been drawn up is 1 July 2018 (2017: 2 
July 2017). For ease of reference, all references to the  
year or 12 months and financial position are for the year  
ended 30 June and as at 30 June.

The Group has taken advantage of the exemption provided 
under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present 
Redrow plc’s Company income statement. The profit for the 
financial year is dealt with in the statement of changes 
in equity.

a. Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. 
The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to,  
or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the 
entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its 
power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from 
the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are 
deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. Identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities 
assumed in a business combination are measured at their  
fair value at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the cost  
of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the 
identifiable net assets represents goodwill. Goodwill is subject 
to an annual impairment review, with any reduction in value 
being taken straight to the income statement. Adjustments are 
made as necessary to the financial statements of subsidiaries 
to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

All inter-company transactions and balances between Group 
companies are eliminated on consolidation.

b. Interests in joint ventures
The Group applies IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements. Under IFRS 
11 investments in joint arrangements are classified as either 
joint operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual 
rights and obligations of each investor. Redrow plc has 
assessed the nature of its joint arrangements and determined 
them to be joint ventures. Joint ventures are accounted for 
using the equity method.

Under the equity method of accounting, interests in joint 
ventures are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter 
to recognise the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or 
losses and movements in other comprehensive income. When 
the Group’s share of losses in a joint venture equals or exceeds 
its interests in the joint ventures, the Group does not recognise 
further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made 
payments on behalf of the joint ventures.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and 
its joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s 
interest in the joint ventures. Unrealised losses are also 
eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an 
impairment of the asset transferred.

REVENUE AND PROFIT RECOGNITION
Revenue represents the fair value received and receivable 
in respect of the sale of residential housing and land and of 
commercial land and developments net of value added tax  
and discounts. This is recognised on legal completion.

In respect of social housing, the Group enters into contracts for 
the sale of social housing either at an agreed price or at a 
discount to open market value. Payment for these properties is 
made by the purchaser, either on legal completion of the unit 
or, in certain circumstances on a staged basis. Revenues in all 
cases are recognised on the legal completion of the built home. 

Profit is recognised on legal completion.

SEGMENTAL REPORTING
The main operation of the Group is focused on housebuilding.

As it operates entirely within the United Kingdom, the Group 
has only one business and geographic segment. This is 
consistent with the information provided for internal reporting 
purposes to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (the Board). 
The Group has no key customers.

EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS
Exceptional items are those which in the opinion of the  
Board, are material by size or nature, non-recurring and  
of such significance that they require separate disclosure.

NET FINANCING COSTS
Interest income is recognised on a time apportioned basis by 
reference to the principal outstanding and the effective interest 
rate. Interest costs are recognised in the income statement on 
an accruals basis in the period in which they are incurred.

INCOME AND DEFERRED TAX
Income tax comprises current tax and deferred tax.

Current tax is based on taxable profits for the year and any 
appropriate adjustment to tax payable in respect of prior years. 
Taxable profit differs from profit before tax as shown in the 
income statement as it excludes income or expenditure items 
which are never chargeable or allowable for tax or which are 
chargeable or deductible in other accounting periods.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the balance sheet liability 
method, on temporary differences arising between the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial 
statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the 
calculation of taxable profit.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that taxable profits will be available against which 
deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax 
liabilities are recognised for all temporary differences. Deferred 
tax is calculated at the rates enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is credited or charged in the income statement, 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income, or retained 
earnings as appropriate.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS – COMPUTER SOFTWARE
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the 
basis of costs incurred to bring to use the specific software and 
are amortised over their estimated useful lives of three years, 
charged to administrative expenses. These are reviewed for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Freehold property comprises offices or other buildings held  
for administrative purposes. Freehold property is shown at  
cost less the subsequent depreciation of buildings. 

All other property, plant and equipment is stated at historic  
cost less depreciation. Historic cost includes any costs directly 
attributable to bringing the assets to the location and condition 
necessary for them to be capable of operating in the manner 
intended by management.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is 
charged so as to write off the cost of assets to their residual 
values over their estimated useful lives, on a straight line basis 
as follows:

Buildings within freehold property
Plant and machinery
Fixtures and fittings

50 years
5–10 years
3–5 years

The assets’ useful lives are reviewed and adjusted if 
appropriate at each balance sheet date.

These are reviewed for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may 
not be recoverable.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal of an asset represents 
the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the asset and is recognised in the income statement.

INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
In the parent company books, the investment in its subsidiaries 
is held at cost less any impairment.

LEASES
Leases in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of 
ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as 
operating leases. Rentals payable under operating leases are 
charged to work in progress or income on a straight line basis 
over the term of the relevant lease.

115

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
116 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Accounting Policies continued

INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value less cash on account (which represents payments made 
against work in progress, excluding private customer deposits).

Cost comprises land and associated acquisition costs, direct 
materials and subcontract work, other direct costs and those 
overheads (based on normal operating capacity) that have 
been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present 
location and condition, excluding borrowing costs. These 
include infrastructure and development costs such 
as roads and sewers, including contributions to other 
community benefits such as schools, medical centres  
and community centres.

Total land costs are allocated to the private housing on a 
development as, in the case of amenity land and social housing 
land, neither has sufficient contribution from sales of the 
precise area of the land to cover the land costs and are a 
planning requirement of the development. 

Provisions are established to write down land where the 
estimated net sales proceeds less costs to complete exceed 
the current carrying value. Adjustments to the provisions will 
be required where selling prices or costs to complete change.

Net realisable value for land was assessed by estimating 
selling prices and cost (including sales and marketing 
expenses), taking into account current market conditions.

This net realisable value provision will be closely monitored  
for adequacy and appropriateness as regards under and over 
provision to reflect circumstances at future balance sheet 
dates. Any material change to the underlying provision will 
be reflected through cost of sales as an exceptional item.

will receive on retirement. It is funded through payments to 
trustee administered funds, determined by actuarial valuations 
carried out on at least a triennial basis. A defined contribution 
plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays agreed 
contributions into a separate fund for each employee and any 
subsequent pension payable to a specific employee is 
determined by the amount accumulated in their individual fund. 
The GPP is also a type of defined contribution plan.

The asset/(liability) recognised in the balance sheet in respect 
of the defined benefit section of the scheme is the present 
value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet 
date, less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit 
obligation is determined using the projected unit credit method 
on an annual basis by an independent scheme actuary.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience 
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are 
charged or credited to equity as they arise in full via the 
statement of comprehensive income.

Scheme service costs are charged to cost of sales and 
administrative expenses as appropriate and scheme finance 
costs are included in net financing costs. Past service costs  
are recognised immediately in income.

In respect of the defined contribution section of the Scheme 
and the GPP, contributions are recognised as an employee 
benefit expense when they are due. The Group has no further 
payment obligations in respect of the above once the 
contributions have been paid.

b. Bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses 
where contractually obliged.

FORWARD LAND
Expenditure relating to forward land options, conditional 
contracts and land owned without planning is initially 
recognised in inventory at cost. It is reviewed regularly for 
impairment.

c. Share-based payments
Equity settled share-based payments are measured at fair 
value on the date of grant and expensed on a straight line 
basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate 
of shares that will eventually vest.

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
a. Pension obligation
The Group operates two pension schemes for its staff. The 
Redrow Staff Pension Scheme (the ‘Scheme’) closed to the 
accrual of new benefits with effect from 1 March 2012, with new 
benefits now being provided via the Redrow Group Personal 
Pension Plan (the ‘GPP’). The Scheme is externally invested and 
comprises two sections: a defined benefit section and a defined 
contribution section. A defined benefit plan is a pension plan 
which defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee 

d. Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is 
terminated by the Group before normal retirement date by 
redundancy. These benefits are recognised by the Group in 
the period in which it becomes demonstrably committed to 
terminating the employment of current employees according 
to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal.

between the proceeds, net of transaction costs and the 
redemption value is recognised in the income statement  
over the period of the borrowings.

f. Deposits
New property deposits from private customers are held within 
Trade and Other payables until the legal completion of the 
related property or the rescission of the sale contract. 

ONEROUS CONTRACTS
Onerous contracts are contracts in which the unavoidable 
costs in meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the 
economic benefits expected to be received under it. Provision 
is made to reflect management’s best current estimate of the 
least net cost of either fulfilling or exiting the contract.

SHARE CAPITAL
Ordinary shares are classed as equity.

DIVIDEND DISTRIBUTION
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is 
recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements 
in the period in which the dividends are declared.

IMPACT OF NEW STANDARDS AND 
INTERPRETATIONS
a) New and amended standards adopted by the 
Group. The following new standards and amendments 
to standards are mandatory for the first time for the 
financial year beginning 1 July 2017:

•  Amendments to IAS7, ‘Statement of cash flows on disclosure 

initiative’.

•  The implementation of these standards has not had a 
material impact on the Group financial statements.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
a. Land creditors
Deferred payments arising from land creditors are held at 
discounted present value using the effective interest method, 
in accordance with IAS 39. The difference between the fair 
value and the nominal value is amortised over the deferment 
period via financing costs.

The interest rate applied is an equivalent loan rate available  
on the date of the land purchase.

b. Derivative financial instruments and hedge 
accounting
Derivative financial instruments are initially recorded at fair 
value and the fair value is remeasured to fair value at each 
reporting date.

The Group’s use of financial derivatives is governed by an 
interest rate risk management framework adopted by the 
Board which sets parameters to ensure an appropriate level  
of hedging is maintained to manage interest rate risk in  
respect of borrowings.

The policy prohibits any trading in derivative financial 
instruments or their use for speculative purposes.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivative 
financial instruments which are designated and which qualify 
as cash flow hedges are recognised directly in equity in a 
hedge reserve. The gains or losses relating to the ineffective 
portion are recognised in the income statement immediately 
they arise.

c. Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets  
with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in  
an active market. They are included in current assets, except 
for maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet 
date which are classified as non-current assets. Loans and 
receivables include ‘trade receivables’ and ‘other receivables’ 
and cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet.

Trade receivables are held at discounted present value less 
any impairment. The amount is then increased to settlement 
value over the settlement period via financing income.

d. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call 
deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand, 
forming an integral part of the Group’s cash management  
are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents  
for the purpose of the statement of cash flows.

e. Borrowings and trade payables
Interest bearing borrowings and trade payables are recorded 
when the proceeds are received, net of transaction costs 
incurred and subsequently at amortised cost. Any difference 

117

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
from Contracts with Customers’, is also applied. The Group 
has a number of operating leases, mainly in relation to cars 
and some office properties, which the Group currently 
anticipates will be required to be brought onto the balance 
sheet together with corresponding assets. The Group does 
not expect the net impact on profit to be significant.

118 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Accounting Policies continued

IMPACT OF NEW STANDARDS AND 
INTERPRETATIONS CONTINUED
b) The following new standards and amendments  
to standards have been issued but are not effective 
for the financial year beginning 1 July 2017 and have 
not been early adopted:
•  IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’. IFRS 15, 
‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ is a converged 
standard from the IASB and FASB on revenue recognition. 
The standard will improve the financial reporting of revenue 
and improve comparability of the top line in financial 
statements globally. It is more prescriptive in terms of what 
should be included within revenue than IAS 18 ‘Revenue’. 
Published May 2014, effective date: annual periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2018. Currently the Group 
recognises revenue at the fair value of the consideration 
received and receivable in respect of the sale of residential 
housing and land and of commercial land and developments 
net of value added tax and discounts on legal completion. 
Profit is recognised on legal completion. The Group 
continues to assess the impact of this standard on the Group. 
This standard will not effect the statement of cashflows nor 
does the Group expect the implementation of this standard 
to have a material impact on profit.

•  Amendment to IFRS 15, ‘Revenue from contracts with 

customers’. Published April 2017, effective date: Annual 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

•  IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’. This standard replaces the 
guidance in IAS 39. Published July 2014, effective date: 
annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018.  
It affects the classification, measurement, impairment and 
de-recognition of financial instruments. The Group does not 
currently expect its implementation to have a material impact 
on reported results. 

•  IFRS 16 ‘Leases’. This standard replaces the current guidance 

in IAS 17 and is a far-reaching change in accounting by 
lessees in particular. Under IAS 17, lessees were required to 
make a distinction between a finance lease (on balance 
sheet) and an operating lease (off balance sheet). IFRS 16 
now requires lessees to recognise a lease liability reflecting 
future lease payments and a ‘right-of-use asset’ for virtually 
all lease contracts. The IASB has included an optional 
exemption for certain short-term leases and leases of 
low-value assets; however, this exemption can only be 
applied by lessees. For lessors, the accounting stays almost 
the same. However, as the IASB has updated the guidance 
on the definition of a lease (as well as the guidance on the 
combination and separation of contracts), lessors will also be 
affected by the new standard. At the very least, the new 
accounting model for lessees is expected to impact 
negotiations between lessors and lessees. Under IFRS 16, a 
contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the 
right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of 
time in exchange for consideration. Published January 2016, 
effective Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2019 with earlier application permitted if IFRS 15, ‘Revenue 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Financial Statements

1. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY
Judgements and estimates are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including 
expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management have not made any 
individual critical accounting judgements that are material to the Group. Management considers the key sources of estimation 
uncertainty relate to:

Carrying value of inventories
The Group carries inventories at the lower of cost and net realisable value less cash on account.

Due to the nature of development timescales, it is routinely necessary to estimate costs to complete and future revenues and to 
allocate non-unit specific development costs between units legally completing in the current financial year and in future periods. 
A full review of the net realisable value of inventories was undertaken by the Group as at 30 June 2018. Reasonably foreseeable 
changes in the assumptions used would not have a significant impact on the net realisable value.

Pensions
The Group has utilised assumptions including a rate of return on assets, mortality assumptions and a discount rate having been 
advised by its actuary. To the extent that such assumed rates are different from what actually transpires, the retirement benefit 
obligations of the Group would change.

The primary risks the Group is exposed to by the defined benefit pension scheme are the movement in corporate bond yields, 
the market’s long-term expectations for inflation and movement in mortality rates. The scheme closed to future accrual with 
effect from 1 March 2012.

2. OPERATING PROFIT

Operating profit is stated after charging:

Inventories expensed in the year

Depreciation

Amortisation

Operating leases – plant and machinery

– other

Research and development expenditure

Auditors’ remuneration – fees payable to the Company’s Auditors for audit services (i)

 – fees payable to the Company’s Auditors for other services (ii)

Fees payable to the Company’s Auditors comprise:

Note

13

9

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

1,375

1,193

2

1

3

1

1

–

–

2

–

3

1

1

–

–

(i) 

 fees payable for the audit of parent company and consolidated financial statements £30,000 (2017: £30,000) and fees 
payable for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation £157,000 (2017: £146,000).

(ii)  

 Auditors’ remuneration for other services comprised £20,000 (2017: £20,000) in respect of an independent review of the half-
yearly financial statements (Audit related assurance services), £nil (2017: £10,000) in respect of Radleigh audit file review 
(Non-audit services), £nil (2017: £408,000) in respect of Reporting Accountant services (Non-audit services) and £9,100 
(2017: £8,000) in respect of iXBRL tagging (Taxation compliance services).

119

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
120 

3. NET FINANCING COSTS

Interest payable on bank loans

Imputed interest on deferred land creditors

Financial costs

Other interest receivable

Financial income

Net financing costs

4. INCOME TAX EXPENSE

Current tax charge

UK Corporation Tax

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Total income tax charge income statement

Reconciliation of tax charge for the year

Profit before tax

Tax calculated at UK Corporation Tax rate

Tax charge for the year

Deferred tax recognised directly in equity

Relating to pension scheme

Current income tax payable in the Company is £nil (2017: payable £3m).

Information on the impact of future tax rate changes is included in note 11.

5. DIVIDENDS
The following dividends were paid by the Group:

Prior year final dividend per share of 11.0p (2017: 6.0p); Current year interim dividend  
per share of 9.0p (2017: 6.0p)

2018
£m

2017
£m

(4)

(6)

(10)

3

3

(7)

(6)

(6)

(12)

4

4

(8)

2018
£m

2017
£m

73

(1)

72

380

72

72

4

4

2018
£m

74

74

62

–

62

315

62

62

(1)

(1)

2017
£m

44

44

The Board decided to propose a final dividend of 19.0p per share in respect of 2018 (£70m (2017: 11.0p, £41m)). The dividend has 
not been provided for and there are no income tax consequences.

6. EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE
The basic earnings per share calculation for the year ended 30 June 2018 is based on the weighted average number of shares 
in issue during the period of 361m (2017: 361m) excluding those held in trust under the Redrow Long Term Incentive Plan 
(9m shares (2017: 9m shares)), which are treated as cancelled.

Diluted earnings per share has been calculated after adjusting the weighted average number of shares in issue for all potentially 
dilutive shares held under unexercised options.

For the 12 months ended 30 June 2018

Basic earnings per share

Effect of share options and SAYE

Diluted earnings per share

For the 12 months ended 30 June 2017

Basic earnings per share

Effect of share options and SAYE

Diluted earnings per share

7. EMPLOYEES
a. Cost (including Directors)

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payments

b. Number
The monthly average number of persons employed by the Group was:

Directors and administrative staff

Other personnel

Earnings 
£m

Number  
of shares  
millions

308

–

308

361

1

362

Per share  

pence

85.3

(0.1)

85.2

Earnings 
£m

Number  
of shares 
millions

Per share  

pence

253

–

253

361

2

363

70.2

(0.2)

70.0

Group

Company

2018
£m

106

15

9

9

139

2017
£m

92

13

8

7

120

2018
£m

2017
£m

3

2

–

2

7

3

2

–

2

7

Group

Company

2018 
Number

960

1,348

2,308

2017 
Number

2018 
Number

2017 
Number

860

1,270

2,130

9

–

9

9

–

9

121

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements continuedRedrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
122 

7. EMPLOYEES CONTINUED
c. Key management remuneration
Key management personnel, as defined under IAS 24 ‘Related party disclosures’, are identified as the Executive Management 
Team and the Non-Executive Directors.

Summary key management remuneration is as follows:

Salaries and short-term employee benefits

Share-based payments

2018
£m

5

3

8

2017
£m

5

2

7

In addition, the Redrow Staff Pension scheme paid £15,246 (2017: £14,730) to The Steve Morgan Foundation on behalf of Steve 
Morgan in his capacity as an active Scheme pensioner.

Detailed disclosure of Directors’ emoluments and interests in shares are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on 
pages 80 to 95, which form part of these financial statements.

d. Share-based payments
Save As You Earn Share Option scheme (SAYE)
The Redrow plc SAYE scheme is open to all employees and share options can be exercised either three or five years after the 
date of grant, depending on the length of the savings contract. The SAYE schemes are not subject to performance conditions.

The SAYE schemes have been valued using the Black-Scholes pricing model.

Options granted during the year

Date of grant

Fair value at measurement date

Share price

Exercise price

Option life (contract length)

Expected dividend yield

Risk free interest rate

2018

824,208

2017

1,073,997

1 January 2018

1 January 2017

£2.31

£6.13

£4.90

£1.51

£4.00

£3.20

3/5 years

3/5 years

4.03%

1.5%

4.43%

1.5%

The expected volatility on SAYE schemes is based on the historic volatility of the Group’s share price over periods equal to 
the length of the savings contract.

Long Term Incentive scheme (LTIP)
Except in specified circumstances, options granted under the scheme are exercisable between three and ten years after the 
date of grant.

Options granted under the LTIP on 15 November 2017 were granted to a limited number of Senior Executives. The scheme is 
discussed in greater detail within the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

7. EMPLOYEES CONTINUED
d. Share-based payments continued
The LTIP has been valued using the Black-Scholes pricing model.

Options granted during the year

Date of grant

Fair value at the measurement date

Share price

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Option life

Expected dividend yield

Risk free interest rate

2018

321,012

2017

334,953

15 November 2017 12 September 2016

£5.20

£5.85

£0.00

N/A†

3 years

4.03%

N/A†

£3.56

£4.08

£0.00

N/A†

3 years

4.43%

N/A†

† 

For nil-cost awards not subject to a market based condition, volatility and risk free rate are not applicable.

The fair value at the measurement date of the LTIP granted on 15 November 2017 comprises £5.20 in respect of non-market 
based performance conditions.

The fair value at the measurement date of the LTIP granted on 12 September 2016 comprises £3.56 in respect of non-market 
based performance conditions.

Deferred Bonus Incentive (DBI)
Grants under the DBI were limited to Senior Management. Except in specified circumstances options granted under the scheme 
are exercisable between one and ten years after the date of grant for Tranche 1 and between two and ten years after the date of 
grant for Tranche 2 and are not subject to performance conditions.

The DBI has been valued using the Black-Scholes pricing model.

Options granted during the year

2018
Tranche 1

450,047

2018
Tranche 2

449,915

2017
Tranche 1

705,703

2017 
Tranche 2

705,845

Date of grant

11 September 2017 11 September 2017 12 September 2016 12 September 2016

Fair value at the measurement date

Share price

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Option life

Expected dividend yield

Risk free interest rate

£6.11

£6.33

£0.00

N/A†

1 year

3.38%

N/A†

£5.87

£6.33

£0.00

N/A†

2 years

3.74%

N/A†

£3.94

£4.08

£0.00

N/A†

1 year

3.50%

N/A†

£3.77

£4.08

£0.00

N/A†

2 years

3.93%

N/A†

† 

For nil-cost awards not subject to a market based condition, volatility and risk free rate are not applicable.

Company Share Option Plan (CSOP)
Grants under the CSOP were limited to Senior Management. Except in specified circumstances, options granted to those other 
than the Executive Directors are exercisable between three and ten years after the date of grant and are not subject to 
performance conditions. 

123

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements continuedRedrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
124 

7. EMPLOYEES CONTINUED
d. Share-based payments continued
Share options outstanding
The following share options were outstanding at 30 June 2018:

Type of scheme

Long Term Share Incentive 2012

Long Term Share Incentive 2013

Long Term Share Incentive 2014

Long Term Share Incentive 2015

Long Term Share Incentive 2016

Long Term Share Incentive 2017

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2012 – Tranche 1

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2012 – Tranche 2

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2013 – Tranche 1

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2013 – Tranche 2

Number  
of options 
2018

Number  
of options 
2017

Exercise 
 price

Date of grant

23 October 2012

24 September 2013

8 September 2014

–

–

–

134,271

90,947

377,194

14 September 2015

175,810

175,810

12 September 2016

308,714

334,953

15 November 2017

321,012

23 October 2012

23 October 2012

24 September 2013

24 September 2013

4,656

4,656

6,562

8,374

–

13,212

13,212

23,205

43,206

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

£1.25

£0.98

£0.95

£1.98

£2.21

£3.70

£3.20

£4.90

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2014 – Tranche 1

8 September 2014

15,619

103,850

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2014 – Tranche 2

8 September 2014

34,851

154,024

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2015 – Tranche 1

14 September 2015

56,179

157,181

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2015 – Tranche 2

14 September 2015

76,860

393,355

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2016 – Tranche 1

12 September 2016

183,390

652,818

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2016 – Tranche 2

12 September 2016

622,100

652,939

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2017 – Tranche 1

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2017 – Tranche 2

Company Share Option Plan

Save As You Earn

Save As You Earn

Save As You Earn

Save As You Earn

Save As You Earn

Save As You Earn

Save As You Earn

11 September 2017

417,174

11 September 2017

417,053

–

–

21 November 2008

35,970

77,935

1 January 2011

–

1 January 2012

32,999

21,514

49,175

1 January 2014

136,228

154,711

1 January 2015

154,273

890,421

1 January 2016

391,882

445,196

1 January 2017

886,247

1,006,056

1 January 2018

752,871

–

The total share options outstanding at 30 June 2018 under the LTIP, Deferred Bonus Incentive Plan, Company Share Option Plan 
and the Save As You Earn schemes represent 1.4% of the issued share capital (2017: 1.6%).

7. EMPLOYEES CONTINUED
d. Share-based payments continued
Movements in the year
The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options is as follows:

Long Term Share Incentive scheme:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Deferred Bonus Incentive scheme:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Company Share Option Plan:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Save As You Earn scheme:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Number 
 of options 
2018

Weighted  
average 
 exercise price 
2018

Number 
 of options 
2017

Weighted  
average 
 exercise price 
2017

1,113,175

(26,239)

(602,412)

321,012

805,536

–

2,207,002

(205,409)

(1,054,081)

899,962

1,847,474

391,147

77,935

(41,965)

35,970

35,970

2,567,073

(297,925)

(758,856)

824,208

2,334,500

6,228

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

£1.25

£1.25

£1.25

£1.25

£2.81

£3.54

£2.15

£4.90

£3.66

£2.34

1,626,492

–

(848,270) 

334,953

1,113,175

225,218

2,040,389

(155,045)

(1,089,890)

1,411,548

2,207,002

507,890

95,920

(17,985)

77,935

77,935

2,619,112

(357,184)

(768,852)

1,073,997

2,567,073

6,448

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

£1.25

£1.25

£1.25

£1.25

£2.39

£3.20

£1.78

£3.20

£2.81

£2.51

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of share options exercised during the year was £6.21 (2017: £4.27).

The options outstanding at 30 June 2018 had a range of exercise prices of £nil to £4.90 (2017: £nil to £3.70) and a weighted 
average remaining contractual life of 5.5 years (2017: 5.6 years).

The expected life used in the models has been adjusted, based on best estimates, to reflect exercise restrictions and 
behavioural considerations.

The charge to income in relation to equity settled share-based payments in the year is £9m (2017: charge £7m).

125

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements continuedRedrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
126 

7. EMPLOYEES CONTINUED
e. Retirement benefit schemes
The Redrow Staff Pension Scheme (the ‘Scheme’) comprises two sections: a funded, self-administered, defined benefit section 
and a funded defined contribution section. The defined benefit section was closed to all new entrants from July 2006, having 
been closed to all but a limited number of agreed new entrants from October 2001. Both sections of the Scheme were closed to 
future accrual with effect from 1 March 2012.

The total pension credit for the year was £13m (2017: charge of £16m). A credit of £22m related to the defined benefit section of 
the Scheme (2017: charge of £8m), with £nil being charged to the income statement (2017: charge of £nil) and a credit of £22m to 
the statement of comprehensive income (2017: charge of £8m). The charge arising from the defined contribution section was £9m 
(2017: £8m).

Triennial valuation
A full independent triennial actuarial valuation of the defined benefit section of the Scheme was undertaken at 1 July 2017 using 
the Projected Unit Method. As at 1 July 2017, in the opinion of the Actuary, there was a deficit of £15m in the defined benefit 
section of the Scheme, based on the Trustees’ technical provisions assumptions with the Scheme’s assets representing 90% of 
the Scheme’s technical provisions. As at 1 July 2017 the value of the defined benefit section of the Scheme’s assets was £126m. 
The previous triennial valuation was undertaken as at 1 July 2014 and reported a deficit of £20m.

Defined benefit scheme – IAS 19R valuation
Redrow recognises all actuarial gains and losses for its defined benefit plan in the period in which they occur, outside the income 
statement, in the statement of comprehensive income.

This disclosure relates to the defined benefit section of the Scheme. The Scheme’s assets are held separately from the assets of 
Redrow and are administered by the trustees and managed professionally.

The latest formal actuarial valuation of the defined benefit section was carried out at 1 July 2017. This valuation has been updated  
to 30 June 2018 by a qualified actuary for the purposes of these financial statements.

The Group agreed a recovery plan for the 1 July 2014 actuarial valuation: it agreed to contribute £1.1m per annum to the Scheme 
from 1 July 2014 to 30 June 2020 and £1.5m per annum from 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2026. During the 2017 financial year, the 
Group agreed to increase its contributions to £3.0m per annum from 1 January 2018. As a result, the Group expects to contribute 
£3.0m to the Scheme in the year ending 30 June 2019. 

The major financial assumptions used in arriving at the IAS 19R valuation were:

Long-term rate of increase in pensionable salaries

Rate of increase of benefits in payment (lesser of 5% per annum and RPI)1

Rate of increase of benefits in payment (lesser of 2.5% per annum and RPI)2

Discount rate

Inflation assumption – RPI

 – CPI

2018

n/a

2.9%

2.0%

2.9%

3.1%

2.1%

2017

n/a

3.1%

2.2%

2.6%

3.2%

2.2%

1 

2 

In respect of pensions in excess of the guaranteed minimum pension earned prior to 30 June 2006.

 In respect of pensions in excess of the guaranteed minimum pension earned after 30 June 2006. Other pension increases are valued in a  
consistent manner.

The mortality tables used in the actuarial valuation were as follows (which make allowance for projected further improvements  
in mortality): 

For male and female members: 

SAPS CMI_2017 1.25% Long Term Trend (2017: SAPS CMI_2016 1.25% Long Term Trend)

The life expectancies implied by these tables for typical members are:

Pensioner currently aged 65:  
Future pensioner when aged 65: 

Male 22.1 years (2017: Male 22.1 years) 
Male 23.1 years (2017: Male 23.1 years) 

Female 24.0 years (2017: Female 24.0 years) 
Female 25.1 years (2017: Female 25.1 years)

It has been assumed that the majority of members will commute part of their pension in return for a tax free cash sum on retirement.

7. EMPLOYEES CONTINUED
e. Retirement benefit schemes continued
The total assets, the split between the major asset classes in the Scheme, the present value of the Schemes’ liabilities and  
the amounts recognised in the balance sheet are shown below:

Group and Company

2018
£m

2018
£m

Quoted  
market price in 
active market

No quoted  
market price in 
active market

2017
£m

2017
£m

2018 
£m
Total

Quoted  
market price in 
active market

No quoted  
market price in 
active market

Equities

Debt instruments

Other

Cash

Insurance policies

Total market value of assets

Present value of obligations

Surplus/(deficit) in the Scheme

49

50

16

16

–

131

–

–

–

–

2

2

49

50

16

16

2

133

(111)

22

44

59

14

6

–

123

The defined benefit obligation can be approximately attributed to the scheme members as follows:

Deferred members

Pensioner members

All benefits are vested at 30 June 2018 (unchanged from 30 June 2017).

The total amounts credited/(charged) against income in the year were as follows:

–

–

3

–

2

5

2018
%

68

32

100

2017 
£m
Total

44

59

17

6

2

128

(130)

(2)

2017
%

75

25

100

127

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Amounts included within the income statement:

Administrative expenses

Scheme administration expenses

Net interest on defined benefit liability

Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income:

Return on scheme assets excluding interest income

Actuarial gains arising from changes in demographic assumptions

Actuarial movements arising from changes in financial assumptions

Actuarial gains arising from experience adjustments

Group and Company

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

–

–

–

5

1

11

5

22

22

–

–

–

8

3

(19)

–

(8)

(8)

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements continuedRedrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
128 

7. EMPLOYEES CONTINUED
e. Retirement benefit schemes continued
The amount included in the balance sheet arising from the (deficit)/surplus in respect of the Group’s defined benefit section is  
as follows:

Balance sheet surplus/(deficit)

At start of year

Amounts credited/(charged) against statement of comprehensive income

Employer contributions paid

At end of year

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation:

At start of year

Interest expense

Benefit payments

Actuarial (gains) arising from changes in demographic assumptions

Actuarial movements arising from changes in financial assumptions

Actuarial gains arising from experience adjustments

At end of year

Changes in the fair value of the Scheme’s assets:

At start of year

Interest income

Return on scheme assets excluding interest income

Scheme administration expenses

Normal employer contributions

Benefit payments

At end of year

Group and Company

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

(2)

22

2

22

130

3

(5)

(1)

(11)

(5)

111

128

3

5

–

2

(5)

133

6

(8)

–

(2)

116

4

(6)

(3)

19

–

130

122

4

8

–

–

(6)

128

7. EMPLOYEES CONTINUED
e. Retirement benefit schemes continued
Sensitivity of key assumptions
The table below gives a broad indication of the impact on the IAS 19R numbers to changes in assumptions and experience (away 
from the assumptions shown on page 126). All figures are before allowing for deferred tax.

Item

Present value of defined benefit obligation (£m)

Discount rate -25 basis points

Discount rate +25 basis points

Price inflation rate -25 basis points

Price inflation rate +25 basis points

Post-retirement mortality assumption -1 year age adjustment

Weighted average duration of defined benefit obligation (in years)

Discount rate -25 basis points

Discount rate +25 basis points

8. INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The Group

Cost

At 1 July 2016

Additions

At 30 June 2017

Additions

At 30 June 2018

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 July 2016

Charge

At 30 June 2017

Charge

At 30 June 2018

Net book value

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017

At 30 June 2016

Approximate impact 
2018

Approximate impact 
2017 

116.5

105.2

105.4

116.4

114.0

20.43

20.38

137.7

123.2

123.4

137.5

134.3

22.40

22.11

Goodwill 
£m

Software 
£m

Total
 £m

1

–

1

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

1

1

1

2

–

2

1

3

1

–

1

1

2

1

1

1

3

–

3

1

4

1

–

1

1

2

2

2

2

129

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements continuedRedrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
130 

9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The Group

Cost

At 1 July 2016

Additions

At 30 June 2017

Additions

At 30 June 2018

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 July 2016

Charge

At 30 June 2017

Charge

At 30 June 2018

Net book value

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017

At 30 June 2016

10. INVESTMENTS
a. Investments

Joint ventures

Freehold  
property 
£m

Plant and  
machinery 
£m

Fixtures  

and fittings
 £m

Total 
£m

17

–

17

–

17

3

1

4

–

4

13

13

14

3

–

3

–

3

3

–

3

–

3

–

–

–

7

1

8

1

9

4

1

5

2

7

2

3

3

27

1

28

1

29

10

2

12

2

14

15

16

17

Group

Company

2018
£m

6

6

2017
£m

27

27

2018 
£m

–

–

2017 
£m

–

–

10. INVESTMENTS CONTINUED
b. Investments in joint ventures

Share of joint venture net assets:

Current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Loans from Group companies (i)

Share of post-tax profits from joint ventures:

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation

Group

Company

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

7

(3)

(2)

2

4

6

38

(31)

7

–

7

(1)

6

(1)

5

29

(7)

(22)

–

27

27

17

(15)

2

–

2

(1)

1

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(i) 

£4m of the loans to joint ventures are secured (2017: £27m).

The Group’s joint venture investments are:

•  its 50% shareholding in the ordinary share capital of Menta Redrow Limited and Menta Redrow (II) Limited, both companies 
incorporated in Great Britain with a 30 June year end. Menta Redrow Limited and Menta Redrow (II) Limited were formed to 
pursue redevelopment opportunities in Croydon.

c. Investments in subsidiary undertakings

At 1 July 2017 and 30 June 2018

Company 
£m

–

131

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

The principal subsidiary company is Redrow Homes Limited. All subsidiary companies are incorporated in Great Britain except 
Redrow Homes (Park Heights) Limited which is incorporated in Jersey. A full list of subsidiary undertakings as at 30 June 2018 
is shown on page 132. The capital of all the subsidiary companies, consisting of ordinary shares, is wholly owned by HB (HDG) 
Limited which in turn is wholly and directly owned by Redrow plc.

All the subsidiaries registered office is Redrow House, St David’s Park, Flintshire, CH5 3RX apart from those marked (i) and (ii) 
whose registered offices are as follows:

(i) 

c/o TLT LLP, 140 West George Street, Glasgow, G2 2HG

(ii) 

13 Castle Street, St. Helier, Jersey, JE4 5UT

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements continuedRedrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
132 

10. INVESTMENTS CONTINUED
c. Investments in subsidiary undertakings continued
Subsidiaries

Name

HB (HDG) Limited

Redrow Homes Limited

Harrow Estates plc

Redrow Real Estate Limited

Redrow Regeneration plc

Redmira Limited

HB (NW) Limited
HB (LCS) Limited (i)

HB (MID) Limited

HB (SW) Limited

HB (SWA) Limited

HB (Y) Limited

HB (ESTN) Limited

HB (WM) Limited

HB (SM) Limited

HB (SN) Limited

HB (WC) Limited

HB (WX) Limited

HB (EM) Limited

HB (CD) Limited

HB (GRPS) Limited

HB (CPTS) Limited

HB (SE) Limited
HB (CSCT) Limited (i)
HB (SC) Limited (i)

Company 
Number

1990709

1990710

Name
HB (1995) Limited (i)
Redrow Homes (Wallyford) Limited (i)

6825371

St David’s Park Limited

3996541

PB0311 Limited

5405272

Debut Freeholds Limited

7587765

Tay Homes (Western) Limited

1189328

Tay Homes (Northern) Limited

SC38052

Tay Homes (Midlands) Limited

2469449

3522335

Tay Homes (North West) Limited
Redrow Homes (Park Heights) Limited (ii)

2230870

Redrow Construction Limited

2293006

Poche Interior Design Limited

4017345

Redrow (Shareplan) Limited

3379746

Cadmoore Limited

3522321

Redrow (Sudbury) Limited

537405

The Waterford Park Company Limited

4984069

The Waterford Park Company (Balmoral) Limited

1940936

HB (Herne Bay No 1) Limited

2827161

HB (Herne Bay No 2) Limited

2034733

Redrow Homes East Midlands Limited

2898913

Radleigh Construction Limited

1079513

Radleigh Homes Limited

3988594

Radbourne Edge (Holdings) Limited

SC231364

Redrow Langley Limited

SC74732

Radleigh (Hackwood) Limited

Company 
Number

SC155021

SC205159

2479183

7577839

4638403

2806562

2708575

2183136

2189721

66240

1375826

2169473

3520984

3977222

4558070

5429823

6047122

7743649

9163243

4219459

4219460

4210633

8737345

7306461

8131049

11. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following are the deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group and the movements thereon during the current 
and prior year:

Employee  
benefits 
 £m

Imputed  
interest  
£m

Share-based  
payment 
 £m

Short-term  
temporary  
differences 
 £m

Losses  
carried 
 forward 
 £m

Total  
£m

Deferred tax assets

At 1 July 2016

Credit to income

Charge to equity

At 30 June 2017

Charge to income

Charge to equity

At 30 June 2018

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

–

–

3

–

–

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2

–

–

2

(1)

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5

–

–

5

(1)

–

4

133

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

11. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES CONTINUED

Deferred tax liabilities

At 1 July 2016

Arising on acquisition

Credit to equity

At 30 June 2017

Credit to income

Charge to equity

At 30 June 2018

Employee  
benefits  
£m

Imputed 
 interest  
£m

Share- based  
payment  
£m

Short-term  
temporary 
 differences  
£m

Losses 
 carried  
forward 
 £m

 Total  
£m

(1)

–

1

–

–

(4)

(4)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1)

(2)

–

(3)

2

–

(1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(2)

(2)

1

(3)

2

(4)

(5)

The Group has no material unrecognised deferred tax assets. The deferred tax balances in the Company relate to a deferred tax 
asset arising on retirement benefit obligations of £nil (2017: £3m).

A Corporation Tax rate of 20% from 1 April 2016 was substantively enacted on 2 July 2013. Changes to reduce the Corporation 
Tax rate to 19% from 1 April 2017 and to 18% from 1 April 2020 were substantively enacted on 26 October 2015. A further change 
to reduce the rate to 17% from 1 April 2020 was substantively enacted on 6 September 2016. Deferred tax balances have been 
valued at 19%. The overall effect of these changes, if they had applied to the deferred tax balance at the balance sheet date, 
would not be significant to the Group.

12. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Non-current assets

Trade receivables (net) 

Current assets

Trade receivables (net)

Amounts due from subsidiary companies

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Group

Company

2018
£m

2017 
£m

2018
£m

2017 
£m

8

8

8

–

29

5

42

11

11

10

–

21

4

35

–

–

–

–

–

–

675

945

–

–

–

–

675

945

Trade receivables due after more than one year are stated after an allowance of £7m has been made (2017: £8m) in respect of 
estimated irrecoverable amounts. This allowance is based on an estimate of default rates. £nil provision was made during the year 
(2017: £nil). £1m was utilised (2017: £1m). £nil provision was released during the year (2017: £nil). It is not considered that a material 
amount of current asset trade receivables are overdue for payment.

Trade and other receivables due between one and two years are £2m (2017: £1m), between two and five years are £6m (2017: 
£8m) and due in more than five years are £nil (2017: £2m). The Group holds a charge over the underlying assets. At the balance 
sheet date, there is no material difference between the fair value of trade and other receivables and their carrying values as 
shown in the balance sheet.

Amounts due from subsidiary companies are unsecured, repayable on demand and carry interest at a notional rate.

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements continuedRedrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
134 

13. INVENTORIES

Land for development

Work in progress

Stock of show homes

Payments on account

Group

Company

2018
£m

1,443

781

67

2,291

(73)

2,218

Restated 
2017 
£m

1,339

723

57

2,119

(76)

2,043

2018
£m

2017 
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Inventories of £1,375m were expensed in the year (2017: £1,193m). Work in progress includes £2m (2017: £2m) in respect of part 
exchange properties. Land held for development in the sum of £229m is subject to a legal charge as security in respect of 
deferred consideration (2017: £168m).

Payments on account comprises £4m (2017: £27m) attributable to land and £69m (2017: £49m) attributable to work in progress.

The carrying value of undeveloped land where net realisable value has been determined on the basis of a sale of land in its 
current state is £nil (2017: £nil). Of the net realisable value provision of £nil (2017: £8m), £nil (2017: £nil) is attributed to land  
and £nil (2017: £8m) is attributed to work in progress.

As discussed in note 1, the Group considers the carrying value of inventories to be a critical accounting judgement.

14. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash and cash equivalents, bank loans and overdrafts, derivative financial 
instruments and various items included within trade receivables and trade payables which arise during the normal course  
of business.

The tables opposite provide a summary of financial assets and liabilities by category.

The accounting policies for financial instruments have been applied to the following items: 

14. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
The Group

Assets per the balance sheet

Non-current trade and other receivables

Current trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Liabilities per the balance sheet

Bank loans and overdrafts

Trade payables and other payables including customer deposits

Land creditors

Other financial liabilities are at amortised cost.

The Company

Assets per the balance sheet

Cash and cash equivalents

Amounts due from subsidiary companies

Liabilities per the balance sheet

Bank loans and overdrafts

Amounts owed to subsidiary companies

2018
Loans and  
receivables 
£m

2017 
Loans and  
receivables
 £m

8

37

90

135

11

31

62

104

2018 
Other  
financial  
liabilities 
£m

2017 
Other 
 financial  
liabilities 
£m

27

395

387

809

135

359

351

845

2018
 Loans and 
receivables
 £m

2017 
Loans and 
receivables
 £m

89

675

764

61

945

1,006

2018 
Other 
financial 
liabilities 
£m

2017
 Other 
financial 
liabilities 
£m

5

14

19

173

14

187

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks.

Financial risk management is conducted centrally using policies approved by the Board. Market risk is negligible due to the 
Group’s limited exposure to equity securities (some limited exposure arises through the Redrow Staff Pension Scheme’s 
investment portfolio) and the associated price risk. Its foreign exchange exposure is negligible given the nature of the Group’s 
business and its exclusive UK activities.

135

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements continuedRedrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
136 

14. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
a. Liquidity risk and interest rate risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due. Liquidity 
risks are managed through the regular review of cash forecasts and by maintaining adequate committed banking facilities to ensure 
appropriate headroom.

At 30 June 2018, the Group had total unsecured bank borrowing facilities of £253m, representing £250m committed facilities 
and £3m uncommitted facilities.

The Group’s cash surpluses arise from short-term timing differences. As a consequence the Group does not consider it bears 
significant risk of changes to income and cash flows as a result of movements on interest rates on its interest bearing assets.

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows money at floating rates. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from 
long-term borrowings. In order to manage its interest rate risk, the Group from time to time enters into simple risk management 
products, almost exclusively interest rate swaps. All interest rate swaps are sterling denominated. The swaps are arranged so as 
to match with those of the underlying borrowings to which they relate. There was no ineffectiveness to be recorded in respect of 
these cash flow hedges in 2018 or 2017.

The following table shows the profile of interest bearing debt together with its effective interest rates, after taking account of 
interest rate swaps as at the balance sheet date and the periods in which they will reprice:

Effective 
interest 
rate
%

2.0

2.6

2018

Zero  
to one 
year 
£m

22

–

22

Total
 £m

22

5

27

One 
 to two 
years
 £m

Two  
to five 
years 
£m

 Effective 
interest 
rate 
%

–

–

–

2.0

2.3

–

5

5

2017

Zero  
to one 
year
 £m

45

–

45

Total 
£m

45

90

135

One  
to two  
years
 £m

Two 
 to five 
years
 £m

–

–

–

–

90

90

Bank overdraft

Bank loans –  
floating rate

The notional principal amounts in respect of the interest rate swaps together with their maturities are given in the table below:

2018

2017

Balance at  
30 June 
£m

–

–

Zero  
to one  
year 
£m

–

–

One  
to two  
years 
£m

–

–

For the year ended 30 June 2018, it is estimated that for any incremental general increase of 1% in interest rates applying for the 
full year the decrease in the Group’s profit before tax would be £1m (2017: £1m).

b. Maturity of bank loans and borrowings
The maturity of bank loans and borrowings is as below:

The Group

Due within one year

Due between one and two years

Due between two and five years

2018

2017

Bank  
overdraft
 £m

Bank  
loans
 £m

Bank  
overdraft
 £m

Bank  
loans
 £m

22

–

–

22

–

–

5

5

45

–

–

45

–

–

95

95

Maturities above include estimated interest payable to the maturity of the facilities.

14. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
b. Maturity of bank loans and borrowings continued
The Company

Due within one year

Due between one and two years

Due between two and five years

2018

2017

Bank  
overdraft 
£m

Bank  
loans 
£m

Bank  
overdraft 
£m

Bank  
loans 
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

5

5

83

–

–

83

–

–

95

95

Maturities above include estimated interest payable to the maturity of the facilities.

The Company was fully compliant with its banking covenants as at 30 June 2018.

At the year end, the Group and Company had £245m (2017: £275m) of undrawn committed bank facilities available.

There is no material difference between the fair value of the bank overdrafts and bank loans and their carrying values as shown in 
the balance sheet.

c. Amounts due in respect of development land
The Group’s policy permits land purchases to be made on deferred payment terms. In accordance with IAS 39, the deferred 
creditor is recorded at fair value and nominal value is amortised over the deferment period via financing costs, increasing the 
land creditor to its full cash settlement value on the payment date.

The interest rate used for each deferred payment is an equivalent loan rate available on the date of land purchase, as applicable 
to a loan lasting for a comparable period of time to that deferment.

The maturity profile of the total contracted cash payments in respect of amounts due in respect of land creditors at the 
balance sheet date is as follows:

Balance  
at 30 June 
£m

387

351

Total  
contracted  
cash  
payment 
£m

394

359

Due  
less than  
one year 
£m

209

154

Due 
 between  
one and 
 two years 
£m 

Due  
between  
two and  
five years 
£m

144

103

41

102

2018

2017

d. Maturity of trade and other payables
These represent current liabilities due within one year.

137

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements continuedRedrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
138 

14. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
e. Credit risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, including call deposits with banks and financial institutions, derivative  
financial instruments and trade receivables. It represents the risk of financial loss where counterparties are unable to meet  
their obligations.

Credit risk is managed centrally in respect of cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments. In respect of 
placing deposits with banks and financial institutions and funds, individual risk limits are approved by the Board. The table below 
shows the cash and cash equivalents as at the balance sheet date:

Held at Banks with at least an A credit rating per Standard & Poor

Group

Company

2018
£m

90

90

2017
£m

62

62

2018 
£m

89

89

2017 
£m

61

61

No credit limits were exceeded during the reporting year or subsequently and the Group does not anticipate any losses from 
non-performance by these counterparties.

There is no specific concentration of credit risk in respect of home sales as the exposure is spread over a number of customers. 
In respect of trade receivables, the amounts presented in the balance sheet are stated after adjusting for any doubtful 
receivables, based on the judgement of the Group’s management through using both previous experience and knowledge of the 
current position of any more substantial receivables.

f. Capital management
The Group defines total capital as equity plus net debt where net debt is calculated as total borrowings less cash and cash 
equivalents.

The Group monitors capital on the basis of the level of returns achieved on its capital base and, with respect to its financing 
structure, the gearing ratio. This is defined as net debt divided by equity.

The Group’s objective in managing capital is to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern in order to deliver value to its 
Shareholders and other stakeholders. The Group operates within policies outlined by the Board in order to maintain an 
appropriate funding structure. The Board keeps the Group’s capital structure under review.

The total capital levels and gearing ratios as at 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2017 are as follows:

Total borrowings

Less cash and cash equivalents

Net (cash)/debt

Equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

2018
 £m

27

(90)

(63)

1,483

1,420

N/A

2017
 £m

135

(62)

73

1,235

1,308

6%

g. Fair values
At 30 June 2018 there is no material difference between the fair value of financial instruments and their carrying values in the 
balance sheet.

15. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Non-current liabilities

Amounts due in respect of development land 

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Amounts due in respect of development land

Customer deposits

Amounts owed to subsidiary companies

Other payables

Other taxation and social security

Accruals and deferred income

Group

Company

2018
 £m

178

178

336

209

52

–

7

3

64

671

2017
 £m

197

197

289

154

64

–

6

3

69

585

2018
 £m

2017
 £m

–

–

–

–

–

14

–

–

16

30

–

–

–

–

–

14

–

–

13

27

Amounts due to subsidiary companies are unsecured, repayable on demand and bear interest at a notional rate.

16. LONG-TERM PROVISIONS
The Group

At 1 July 2017

Provisions created during the year

Provisions released during the year

Provisions utilised during the year

At 30 June 2018

Onerous  
contracts 
£m

Other
 £m

Total 
£m

2

–

(1)

–

1

6

2

–

–

8

8

2

(1)

–

9

139

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Provisions relate to onerous contracts (in place at June 2009 and viewed as onerous) and maintenance and sundry remedial 
costs in respect of development activities, which it is assessed will be utilised within four years.

17. SHARE CAPITAL

Authorised

480,000,000 ordinary shares of 10p each (2017: 480,000,000) 

Issued and fully paid

As at 1 July 2017 and 30 June 2018

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

48

37

48

37

Number of ordinary 
shares of 10p each

369,799,938

Options granted to Directors and employees under the LTIP, the CSOP and the SAYE schemes are set out in note 7d.

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements continuedRedrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
140 

18. SHARE CAPITAL, SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT AND RESERVES
The Group

19. MOVEMENT IN NET (DEBT)/CASH
The Group

At 1 July 2016

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid

Movement in respect of LTIP/SAYE

At 30 June 2017

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid

Movement in respect of LTIP/SAYE

At 30 June 2018

Share  
capital
 £m

Share  
premium 
account
 £m

 Other  
reserves 
£m

 Retained 
 earnings
 £m

37

–

–

–

37

–

–

–

37

59

–

–

–

59

–

–

–

59

8

–

–

–

8

–

–

–

8

937

246

(44)

(8)

1,131

326

(74)

(4)

1,379

Other reserves
Other reserves consists of a £7m Capital redemption reserve (2017: £7m) and a £1m Consolidation reserve (2017: £1m).

Undistributable reserves
Other reserves are not available for distribution.

The Company

At 1 July 2016

Total comprehensive income†

Dividends paid

At 30 June 2017

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid

At 30 June 2018

† Includes dividends received from subsidiary companies.

Other reserves
Other reserves consists of a £7m Capital redemption reserve (2017: £7m).

Undistributable reserves
Other reserves are not available for distribution.

Share  
capital 
£m

Share 
 premium  
account
 £m

Other 
 reserves 
£m

Retained 
 earnings
£m

37

–

–

37

–

–

37

59

–

–

59

–

–

59

7

–

–

7

–

–

7

701

44

(44)

701

12

(74)

639

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts

Net cash and cash equivalents

Bank loans

Net cash/(debt)

The Company

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts

Net cash and cash equivalents

Bank loans

Net cash/(debt)

20. OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS

Within one year 

Within two to five years 

Later than five years

At
 1 July 2017 
£m

 Cash flow 
£m

At 
30 June 2018
 £m

62

(45)

17

(90)

(73)

28

23

51

85

136

90

(22)

68

(5)

63

At
 1 July 2017 
£m

 Cash flow 
£m

At 
30 June 2018
 £m

61

(83)

(22)

(90)

(112)

28

83

111

85

196

89

–

89

(5)

84

2018
 £m

2017 
£m

3

4

1

3

5

1

21. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
The Company has guaranteed the bank borrowings of its subsidiaries. Performance bonds, financial guarantees in respect of 
certain deferred land creditors and other building or performance guarantees have been entered into in the normal course of 
business. Management estimate that the bonds and guarantees amount to £117m (2017: £99m) at the year end and consider the 
possibility of a cash outflow in settlement to be remote.

141

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements continuedRedrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
142 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

22. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Within the definition of IAS 24 ‘Related party disclosures’, the Board and key management personnel are related parties. Detailed 
disclosure of the remuneration of the Board is given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 80 to 95. A summary of 
remuneration provided to key management personnel is provided in note 7c.

In addition, related party transactions were carried out with parties related to Steve Morgan during the year totalling £0.4m 
(Company £0.4m), primarily relating to the donation to The Steve Morgan Foundation as described in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 80 to 95 and services provided by Harrow Estates plc on an arm’s length basis under promotional agreements 
forming part of the acquisition of the Harrow business.

As at 30 June 2018, an amount of £nil was due to Harrow Estates plc under normal trading terms.

There have been no other material transactions with key management personnel. There is no other difference between 
transactions with key management personnel of the Company and the Group.

The Company funds the operating companies through both equity investment and loans at commercial rates of interest. In 
addition, the Company provides its subsidiaries with the services of Senior Management, for which a recharge is made to those 
subsidiary companies based upon utilisation of services.

The amount outstanding from subsidiary undertakings at 30 June 2018 was £675m (2017: £945m). The amount owed to 
subsidiary undertakings at 30 June 2018 was £14m (2017: £14m).

The Company provided the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme, as detailed in note 7e. Expected service costs were 
charged to the operating businesses at cost. There is no contractual arrangement or stated policy relating to the charge. 
Experience and actuarial gains are recognised in the Company, via the statement of comprehensive income.

During the year, the Group received £24m loan repayments from its joint ventures, Menta Redrow Limited and Menta Redrow (II) 
Limited. It also received a £3m dividend from Menta Redrow Limited. The Group’s loans to its joint ventures are disclosed in 
note 10.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Glossary

DPS

Dividend Per Share

Forward Land

Land which is owned or controlled by Redrow, 
generally under option, which is being promoted  
through the planning system in order to ultimately  
achieve a residential planning consent

GDPR

General Data Protection Regulation

HBF

Home Builders Federation

NHBC

National House Building Council 

PRS

Private Rented Sector

Sales Outlet

A development with new homes for sale, comprising a 
discreet sales area and with a planned selection of new 
homes available

SDLT

Stamp Duty Land Tax

NPPF

National Planning Policy Framework

HOW KEY PERFORMANCE  
INDICATOR MEASURES ARE CALCULATED:

Accident incident rate by site

No. of notifiable accidents in financial year divided by  
average no. of sites

Earnings per share (EPS)

Profit attributable to ordinary equity shareholders 
(excluding exceptional items and deferred tax rate 
changes) divided by the weighted average no. of 
ordinary shares in issue during the financial year

HBF customer satisfaction rating

Independent HBF customer satisfaction rating score

Land holding years

No. of plots in owned land holdings at 30 June divided 
by no. of legal completions in financial year

Number of trainees

No. of trainees at 30 June

Private reservation rate

No. of private reservations per week in financial  
year divided by average no. of sales outlets

Return on capital employed (ROCE)

Operating profit before exceptional items adjusted for 
joint ventures as a percentage of opening and closing 
capital employed

Return on equity (ROE)

Profit before tax before exceptional items adjusted for 
joint ventures as a percentage of opening and closing 
net assets

Revenue

Revenue per consolidated income statement

Sales outlets 

No. of sales outlets open at 30 June

143

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
144 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Corporate and Shareholder Information

SHAREHOLDER DISCOUNTS
The Company offers a discount of 1% to Shareholders off the 
purchase price of a new Redrow home. In order to qualify  
for the discount a purchaser must hold a minimum of 2,500 
ordinary shares in Redrow plc for a minimum of 12 months  
prior to the date of reservation, subject to a cap of £5,000.

GROUP CONTACTS 
Officers and advisers

Company Secretary 
Graham Cope

Details of our current developments are available on our 
website: www.redrow.co.uk 

Registered Office
Redrow House 
St. David’s Park 
Flintshire 
CH5 3RX 
Registered Number 2877315

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services PLC 
The Pavilions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol 
BS99 6ZZ

Stockbrokers
Barclays 
5 The North Colonnade 
Canary Wharf 
London  
E14 4BB

Peel Hunt  
Moor House 
120 London Wall 
London 
EC2Y 5ET

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
1 Hardman Court 
Manchester 
M3 3EB

Solicitors
Slaughter and May 
One Bunhill Row 
London  
EC1Y 8YY

Financial Public Relations Consultants
Instinctif Partners
65 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7NQ

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Five Year Summary
12 months ended 30 June

Revenue

Operating profit

2014 
£m

864

138

2015 
£m

1,150

213

Operating profit as a percentage of turnover

15.9%

18.5%

Profit before tax

Net assets

Net cash/(debt)

133

696

(172)

204

873†

(154)

2016†  
£m

1,382

261

18.9%

250

1,041

(139)

Gearing – net debt as a percentage of capital and reserves

24.8%

17.6%†

13.3%

Return on capital employed – operating profit before 
exceptional items adjusted for joint ventures as a 
percentage of opening and closing capital employed

Return on equity

Number of legal completions

Earnings per ordinary share

Dividends paid per ordinary share

Net assets per ordinary share

† Restated to reflect change in accounting policy.

18.0%

20.5%

3,597

28.3p

2.0p

188.1p

22.8%

26.4%

4,022

44.5p

4.0p

23.7%

26.1%

4,716

55.4p

8.0p

145

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T

2017  
£m

1,660

322

19.4%

315

1,235

(73)

5.9%

26.0%

27.7%

5,319

70.2p

12.0p

2018  
£m

1,920

382

19.9%

380

1,483

63

N/A

28.5%

28.0%

5,718

85.3p

20.0p

236.1p†

281.5p

334.0p

401.0p

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

Redrow plc Annual Report 2018